|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
448
|
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
7
|
57 };
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
69 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
70 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
71 #endif
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /*
|
|
|
74 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
75 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
76 */
|
|
|
77 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
78 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
79 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
80 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
81 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
82
|
|
|
83 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
84 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
85 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
86 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
87 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
88 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
89 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
90 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
91 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
93 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
94 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
95 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
96 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
97 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
98 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
99 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
100 # endif
|
|
|
101 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
102 #endif
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
104 /*
|
|
|
105 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
106 */
|
|
|
107 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
119 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
120 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
121 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
124 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 /*
|
|
|
127 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
128 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
129 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
130 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
131 * end patterns.
|
|
|
132 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
133 *
|
|
|
134 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
135 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
136 */
|
|
|
137 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
138 {
|
|
|
139 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
140 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
141 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
142 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
143 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
144 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
145 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
146 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
147 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
148 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
149 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
150 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
151 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
152 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
153 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
154 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
157 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
158 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
159 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
160 */
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
163 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
164 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
165 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
167 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
180 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
182 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
183 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
184 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
185 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 /*
|
|
|
192 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
193 */
|
|
|
194 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
195 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
197 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 /*
|
|
|
202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
203 */
|
|
|
204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
208 #endif
|
|
|
209
|
|
221
|
210 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
211 {
|
|
|
212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
215 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
216
|
|
|
217 /*
|
|
|
218 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
223
|
|
221
|
224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
225
|
|
|
226 /*
|
|
|
227 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
233 */
|
|
|
234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
239 /*
|
|
|
240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
243 */
|
|
|
244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 /*
|
|
|
247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
250 */
|
|
|
251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 /*
|
|
134
|
255 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
256 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
257 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
258 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
259 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
260 */
|
|
|
261 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
262 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
263 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
264 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 /*
|
|
7
|
267 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
268 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
269 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
270 */
|
|
|
271 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 /*
|
|
|
274 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
275 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
276 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
277 */
|
|
|
278 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
279 {
|
|
|
280 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
281 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
282 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
283 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
284 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
285 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
286 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
287 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
288 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
289 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
290 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
291 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
292 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
293 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
294 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
295 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
296 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
297 * pattern */
|
|
|
298 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
300 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
301 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
302 but contained groups */
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 /*
|
|
154
|
305 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
306 * very often.
|
|
|
307 */
|
|
|
308 typedef struct
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
|
310 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
311 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
312 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
313 if not allowed */
|
|
|
314 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
315 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
316 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
317 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
318 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
320 /*
|
|
7
|
321 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
322 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
323 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
324 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
325 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
326 */
|
|
|
327 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
328 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
329 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
331 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
332 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
333 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
334 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
335 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
336 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
338 /*
|
|
|
339 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
340 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
341 */
|
|
|
342 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
343 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
347 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
348 */
|
|
|
349 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
350 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
351 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
352 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
353 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
354 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
355 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
356 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
357 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
358 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
359 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
360 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
365 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
366 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
367 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
368 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
369 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
370 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
371 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
372 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
373 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
374 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
375 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
376 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
377 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
221
|
378 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
7
|
379 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
380 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
381 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
382 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
383 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
384 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
385 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
386 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
387 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
388 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
391 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
392 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
394 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
395 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
396 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
397 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
398 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
399 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
400 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
419
|
402 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
7
|
403 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
405 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
417 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
418 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
420 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
421 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
422 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
423 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
424 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
425 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
426 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
427 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
428 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
429 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
430 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
431 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
432 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
433 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
434 #else
|
|
|
435 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
438 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
439 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
440 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
441 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
442 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
443 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
444 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
445 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
446 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
447 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 /*
|
|
|
450 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
451 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
452 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
453 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
454 * window.
|
|
|
455 */
|
|
|
456 void
|
|
|
457 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
458 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
459 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
460 {
|
|
|
461 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
462 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
463 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
464 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
465 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
466 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
467 int dist;
|
|
26
|
468 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
469
|
|
|
470 /*
|
|
|
471 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
472 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
473 * then.
|
|
7
|
474 */
|
|
26
|
475 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
476 {
|
|
|
477 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
478 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
479 }
|
|
26
|
480 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
481 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
483 /*
|
|
|
484 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
485 */
|
|
|
486 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
487 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
488 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
489 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
491 /*
|
|
|
492 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
493 */
|
|
|
494 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
495 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
496 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
499 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
502 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
503 }
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 /*
|
|
|
506 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
507 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
508 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
509 */
|
|
|
510 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
511 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
512 }
|
|
|
513 else
|
|
|
514 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
516 /*
|
|
|
517 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
518 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
519 */
|
|
|
520 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
521 {
|
|
|
522 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
523 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
524 {
|
|
|
525 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
526 break;
|
|
|
527 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
528 {
|
|
|
529 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
530 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
531 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
532 }
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
535 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
536 }
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 /*
|
|
|
539 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
540 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
541 */
|
|
|
542 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
543 {
|
|
|
544 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
545 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
546 }
|
|
|
547 else
|
|
|
548 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 /*
|
|
|
551 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
552 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
553 */
|
|
|
554 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
555 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
556 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
559 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
560 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
563 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
564 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
565 {
|
|
|
566 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
567 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
568 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
569 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
570 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
571 else
|
|
|
572 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
573 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
574 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
575 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
576 {
|
|
|
577 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
578 prev = sp;
|
|
|
579 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
580 {
|
|
|
581 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
582 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
583 prev = sp;
|
|
|
584 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
585 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
586 break;
|
|
|
587 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
588 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
589 }
|
|
|
590 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
591 }
|
|
|
592 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
593 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
594 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
595 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
596 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
597 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
598 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
599 }
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
602 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
603 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
604 if (got_int)
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
607 break;
|
|
|
608 }
|
|
|
609 }
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /*
|
|
|
615 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
616 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
617 */
|
|
|
618 static void
|
|
|
619 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
620 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
621 {
|
|
|
622 int i;
|
|
|
623 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
626 {
|
|
|
627 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
628 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
629 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
630 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
631 }
|
|
|
632 else
|
|
|
633 {
|
|
|
634 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
635 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
636 }
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 /*
|
|
|
640 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
641 */
|
|
|
642 static void
|
|
|
643 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
644 {
|
|
|
645 int i;
|
|
|
646 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
649 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
650 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
651 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 /*
|
|
|
655 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
656 *
|
|
|
657 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
658 * used:
|
|
|
659 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
660 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
661 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
662 */
|
|
|
663 static void
|
|
|
664 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
665 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
666 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
667 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
668 {
|
|
|
669 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
670 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
671 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
672 int idx;
|
|
|
673 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
674 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
675 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
676 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
677 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
678 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
679 char_u *line;
|
|
|
680 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
681 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
682 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
683 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
684 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
442
|
685 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
686
|
|
|
687 /*
|
|
|
688 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
689 */
|
|
|
690 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
694 * there.
|
|
|
695 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
696 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
697 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
698 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
699 */
|
|
|
700 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
701 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
702 else
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
705 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
706 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
707 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
708 else
|
|
|
709 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
710 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
711 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
712 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
713 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
714 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
715 else
|
|
|
716 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 /*
|
|
|
721 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
722 */
|
|
|
723 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
724 {
|
|
|
725 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
726 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
727 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
728 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
729 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
730 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 /*
|
|
|
733 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
734 */
|
|
|
735 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
736 {
|
|
|
737 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
738 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
739 break;
|
|
|
740 }
|
|
|
741 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
743 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
744 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
745 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
746 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 /*
|
|
|
749 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
750 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
751 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
752 */
|
|
|
753 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
754 {
|
|
|
755 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
756 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
757 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
760 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
761 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
762 break;
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
767 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
768 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
769 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 /*
|
|
|
773 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
774 */
|
|
|
775 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
776 {
|
|
|
777 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
778 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
779 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
780 else
|
|
|
781 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
783 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
784 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
785 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
788 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
789 if (got_int)
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
792 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
793 break;
|
|
|
794 }
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
796 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
797 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
800 break;
|
|
|
801 }
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 /*
|
|
|
804 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
805 */
|
|
|
806 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
807 continue;
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 /*
|
|
|
810 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
811 */
|
|
|
812 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
817 for (;;)
|
|
|
818 {
|
|
|
819 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
820 /*
|
|
|
821 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
822 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
823 */
|
|
|
824 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
827 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
828 {
|
|
|
829 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
830 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
831 break;
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
834 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
835 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
836 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
837 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
838 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
839 /*
|
|
|
840 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
841 * match).
|
|
|
842 */
|
|
|
843 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
844 {
|
|
|
845 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
846 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
847 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
848 break;
|
|
|
849 }
|
|
|
850 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
851 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
852 else
|
|
|
853 ++current_col;
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
442
|
856 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
|
857 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
|
858 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
859 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
860 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
861 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
862 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
863 }
|
|
|
864 else
|
|
|
865 break;
|
|
|
866 }
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
869 /*
|
|
|
870 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
871 */
|
|
|
872 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
873 {
|
|
|
874 /*
|
|
|
875 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
876 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
877 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
878 */
|
|
|
879 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
880 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
881 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
882 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 /*
|
|
|
885 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
886 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
887 * the next line.
|
|
|
888 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
889 */
|
|
|
890 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
891 {
|
|
|
892 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
893 {
|
|
|
894 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
895 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
896 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
897 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
898 check_keepend();
|
|
|
899 }
|
|
|
900 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
901 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
902 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
903 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
904 }
|
|
|
905 else
|
|
|
906 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
908 break;
|
|
|
909 }
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
911 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
912 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
913 }
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
915 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
916 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
917 {
|
|
|
918 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
919 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
920 }
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
924 }
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 /*
|
|
|
927 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
928 */
|
|
|
929 static int
|
|
|
930 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
931 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
932 {
|
|
|
933 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
936 {
|
|
|
937 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
938 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
939 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
940 }
|
|
|
941 return FALSE;
|
|
|
942 }
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
944 /*
|
|
|
945 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
946 */
|
|
|
947 static void
|
|
|
948 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
949 {
|
|
|
950 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
951 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
953 /*
|
|
|
954 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
955 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
956 */
|
|
|
957 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
958 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
960 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
961 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 /*
|
|
|
965 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
966 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
967 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
968 */
|
|
|
969 static void
|
|
|
970 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
971 int startofline;
|
|
|
972 {
|
|
|
973 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
974 int i;
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 if (startofline)
|
|
|
977 {
|
|
|
978 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
979 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
980 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
981 {
|
|
|
982 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
983 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
984 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
985 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
986 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
987 {
|
|
|
988 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
989 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
990 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
991 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
992 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
993 }
|
|
|
994 }
|
|
|
995 }
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
997 /*
|
|
|
998 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
999 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
1000 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
1001 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
1002 */
|
|
|
1003 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1004 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1005 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1006 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
|
1008 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1009 {
|
|
|
1010 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1011 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
1012 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1013 {
|
|
|
1014 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1015 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1018 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
1019 }
|
|
|
1020 }
|
|
|
1021 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1022 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1023 }
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 /****************************************
|
|
|
1026 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1027 */
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /*
|
|
|
1030 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1031 *
|
|
|
1032 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1033 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1034 *
|
|
|
1035 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1036 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1037 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1038 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1039 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1040 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1041 *
|
|
|
1042 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1043 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1044 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1045 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1046 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1047 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1048 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1049 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1050 *
|
|
|
1051 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1052 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1053 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1054 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1055 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1056 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1057 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1058 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1059 */
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 /*
|
|
|
1062 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1063 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1064 */
|
|
|
1065 void
|
|
|
1066 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1067 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1068 {
|
|
|
1069 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1070 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1073 {
|
|
|
1074 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1075 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1076 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1077 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1078 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1079 }
|
|
|
1080 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1081 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1082 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1083 {
|
|
|
1084 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1085 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1086 }
|
|
|
1087 #endif
|
|
|
1088 }
|
|
|
1089
|
|
|
1090 /*
|
|
|
1091 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1092 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1093 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1094 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1095 */
|
|
|
1096 static void
|
|
|
1097 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1098 {
|
|
|
1099 long len;
|
|
|
1100 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1101 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1102
|
|
|
1103 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1104 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1105 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1106 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1107 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1108 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1109 {
|
|
|
1110 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1111 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1112 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1113 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1114 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1115 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1116 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1119 {
|
|
|
1120 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1121 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1122 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1123 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1124 ;
|
|
|
1125 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1126 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1127 }
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1130 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1131 return;
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1134 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1135 {
|
|
|
1136 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1137 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1138 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1139 {
|
|
|
1140 ++to;
|
|
|
1141 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1142 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1143 }
|
|
|
1144 }
|
|
|
1145 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1148 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1149 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151 else
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1154 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1155 }
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
1157 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1158 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1159 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1160 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1161 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1164 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1165 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1166 }
|
|
|
1167 }
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 /*
|
|
|
1170 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1171 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1172 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1173 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1174 */
|
|
|
1175 void
|
|
|
1176 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1177 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1178 {
|
|
|
1179 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1180 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1183 return;
|
|
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1186 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
383
|
1188 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1189 {
|
|
|
1190 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1191 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1194 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1195 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1196 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1197 else
|
|
|
1198 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1199 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1200 p = np;
|
|
|
1201 continue;
|
|
|
1202 }
|
|
|
1203 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1204 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1205 * again. */
|
|
|
1206 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1207 {
|
|
|
1208 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1209 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1210 else
|
|
|
1211 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1214 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1215 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1218 }
|
|
|
1219 prev = p;
|
|
|
1220 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1221 }
|
|
|
1222 }
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 /*
|
|
|
1225 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1226 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1227 */
|
|
|
1228 static int
|
|
|
1229 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1230 {
|
|
|
1231 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1232 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1233 int above;
|
|
|
1234 int dist;
|
|
|
1235 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1238 return retval;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1241 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 /*
|
|
|
1244 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1245 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1246 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1247 */
|
|
|
1248 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1249 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1250 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1251 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
|
1253 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1256 {
|
|
|
1257 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1258 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1259 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1262 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 /*
|
|
|
1267 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1268 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1269 */
|
|
|
1270 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1271 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1272 {
|
|
|
1273 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1276 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1277 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1278 p = prev;
|
|
|
1279 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281 }
|
|
|
1282 return retval;
|
|
|
1283 }
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 /*
|
|
|
1286 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1287 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1288 */
|
|
|
1289 static void
|
|
|
1290 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1291 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1292 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1293 {
|
|
|
1294 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1295 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1296 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1297 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1298 }
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 /*
|
|
|
1301 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1302 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1303 */
|
|
|
1304 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1305 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1306 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1311 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1312 {
|
|
|
1313 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1314 return p;
|
|
|
1315 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1316 break;
|
|
|
1317 }
|
|
|
1318 return prev;
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 /*
|
|
|
1322 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1323 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1324 */
|
|
|
1325 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1326 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1327 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1328 NULL */
|
|
|
1329 {
|
|
|
1330 int i;
|
|
|
1331 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1332 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1333 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1336 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 /*
|
|
|
1339 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1340 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1341 */
|
|
|
1342 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1343 {
|
|
|
1344 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1345 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1346 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1347 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1348 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1349 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1350 break;
|
|
|
1351 }
|
|
|
1352 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1357 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1358 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1359 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1360 else
|
|
|
1361 {
|
|
|
1362 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1363 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1364 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1365 break;
|
|
|
1366 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1367 }
|
|
|
1368 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1369 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 /*
|
|
|
1375 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1376 */
|
|
|
1377 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1378 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1381 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1382 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1383 }
|
|
|
1384 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1385 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1386 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1387 else
|
|
|
1388 {
|
|
|
1389 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1390 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1391 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1392 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1393 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1394 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1397 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1398 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 else
|
|
|
1401 {
|
|
|
1402 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1403 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1404 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1405 }
|
|
|
1406 sp = p;
|
|
|
1407 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1408 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1409 }
|
|
|
1410 }
|
|
|
1411 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1412 {
|
|
|
1413 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1414 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1415 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1416 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1419 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1420 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1421 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1422 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1423 else
|
|
|
1424 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1425 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427 else
|
|
|
1428 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1429 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1430 {
|
|
|
1431 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1432 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1433 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1434 }
|
|
|
1435 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1436 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1437 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1438 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1441 return sp;
|
|
|
1442 }
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 /*
|
|
|
1445 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1446 */
|
|
|
1447 static void
|
|
|
1448 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1449 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1450 {
|
|
|
1451 int i;
|
|
|
1452 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1455 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1456 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1457 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1458 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1459 {
|
|
|
1460 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1461 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1462 else
|
|
|
1463 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1464 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
|
1466 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1467 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1468 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1469 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1470 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1471 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1472 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1473 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1474 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1475 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1476 else
|
|
|
1477 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1478 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1481 }
|
|
|
1482 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1483 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1484 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1485 }
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 /*
|
|
|
1488 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1489 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1490 */
|
|
|
1491 static int
|
|
|
1492 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1493 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1494 {
|
|
|
1495 int i, j;
|
|
|
1496 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1497 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1498
|
|
|
1499 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1500 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1501 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1502 {
|
|
|
1503 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1504 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1505 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1506 else
|
|
|
1507 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1512 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1513 break;
|
|
|
1514 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1515 {
|
|
|
1516 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1517 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1518 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1519 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1520 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1521 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1522 * different. */
|
|
|
1523 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1524 break;
|
|
|
1525 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1528 * equal. */
|
|
|
1529 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1532 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1533 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1534 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1535 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1536 break;
|
|
|
1537 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1538 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1539 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1540 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1541 break;
|
|
|
1542 }
|
|
|
1543 }
|
|
|
1544 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1545 break;
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1549 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1550 }
|
|
|
1551 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1552 }
|
|
|
1553
|
|
|
1554 /*
|
|
|
1555 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1556 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1557 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1558 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1559 * line which changed
|
|
|
1560 * displayed line
|
|
|
1561 * displayed line
|
|
|
1562 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1563 */
|
|
|
1564 void
|
|
|
1565 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1566 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1567 {
|
|
|
1568 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1571 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1572 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1573
|
|
|
1574 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1575 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1576 }
|
|
|
1577
|
|
|
1578 /*
|
|
|
1579 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1580 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 static void
|
|
|
1583 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1584 {
|
|
|
1585 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1586 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1587 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1588 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1589 }
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 static void
|
|
|
1592 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1593 {
|
|
|
1594 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1595 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1596 }
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 /*
|
|
|
1599 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1600 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1601 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1602 */
|
|
|
1603 int
|
|
|
1604 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1605 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1606 {
|
|
|
1607 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1608 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 /*
|
|
|
1611 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1612 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1613 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1614 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1615 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1616 */
|
|
|
1617 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1620 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1621 {
|
|
|
1622 /*
|
|
|
1623 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1624 * drawn)
|
|
|
1625 */
|
|
|
1626 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 /*
|
|
|
1629 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1630 * the line.
|
|
|
1631 */
|
|
|
1632 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1633 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 /*
|
|
|
1636 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1637 */
|
|
|
1638 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1639 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1640 }
|
|
|
1641 }
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 return retval;
|
|
|
1644 }
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 /*
|
|
|
1647 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1648 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1649 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1650 * is valid.
|
|
|
1651 */
|
|
|
1652 static int
|
|
|
1653 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1654 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1655 {
|
|
|
1656 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
442
|
1657 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
221
|
1663 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
1664 /*
|
|
|
1665 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1666 */
|
|
|
1667 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1668 {
|
|
|
1669 /*
|
|
|
1670 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1671 */
|
|
|
1672 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1673 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1674 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1675 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1676 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
442
|
1679 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
|
1680 * past the NUL. */
|
|
|
1681 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
1682 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1683 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
1684 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
1685 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1686 }
|
|
|
1687 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689 }
|
|
|
1690 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1691 }
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 /*
|
|
|
1694 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1695 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1696 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1697 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1698 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1699 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1700 * done.
|
|
7
|
1701 */
|
|
|
1702 int
|
|
221
|
1703 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1704 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1705 int *can_spell;
|
|
7
|
1706 {
|
|
|
1707 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1710 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1711 return 0;
|
|
|
1712
|
|
419
|
1713 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
|
431
|
1714 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
|
419
|
1715 {
|
|
|
1716 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1717 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1718 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
1719 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1720 #endif
|
|
|
1721 return 0;
|
|
|
1722 }
|
|
|
1723
|
|
7
|
1724 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1725 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1726 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /*
|
|
|
1729 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1730 */
|
|
|
1731 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
221
|
1733 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
7
|
1734 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1735 }
|
|
|
1736
|
|
|
1737 return attr;
|
|
|
1738 }
|
|
|
1739
|
|
|
1740 /*
|
|
|
1741 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1742 */
|
|
|
1743 static int
|
|
221
|
1744 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1745 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1746 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1747 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
1748 {
|
|
|
1749 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1750 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1751 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1752 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1753 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1754 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1755 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1756 int idx;
|
|
|
1757 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1758 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1759 int startcol;
|
|
|
1760 int endcol;
|
|
|
1761 long flags;
|
|
|
1762 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1763 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1764 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1765 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1766 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1767 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1768 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1769 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1770 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1771 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1772
|
|
|
1773 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1774 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1775 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1776 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 /*
|
|
|
1779 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1780 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1781 */
|
|
|
1782 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1783 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1784 {
|
|
|
1785 /*
|
|
|
1786 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1787 */
|
|
|
1788 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1789 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1790 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1793 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1794 return 0;
|
|
|
1795 }
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1798 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1799 {
|
|
|
1800 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1801 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1802 }
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 /*
|
|
|
1805 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1806 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1807 * the next column.
|
|
|
1808 */
|
|
|
1809 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1812 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1813 }
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1816 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1817 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1818 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1821 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1822 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 /*
|
|
|
1825 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1826 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1827 * column.
|
|
|
1828 */
|
|
|
1829 do
|
|
|
1830 {
|
|
|
1831 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1832 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1833 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 /*
|
|
|
1836 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1837 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1838 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1839 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1840 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1841 */
|
|
|
1842 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1843 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1844 else
|
|
|
1845 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1848 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1849 {
|
|
|
1850 /*
|
|
|
1851 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1852 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1853 */
|
|
|
1854 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1855 {
|
|
|
1856 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1857 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1858 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1859 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1860 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1861 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1862 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1863 : 0)
|
|
|
1864 #endif
|
|
|
1865 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1868 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1869 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1872 {
|
|
|
1873 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1874 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1875 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1876 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1877 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1878 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1879 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1880 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1881 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1882 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1883 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1884 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1885 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1886 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1887 {
|
|
|
1888 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1891 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1892 }
|
|
|
1893 else
|
|
|
1894 {
|
|
|
1895 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1896 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1897 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1898 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1899 }
|
|
|
1900 }
|
|
|
1901 else
|
|
|
1902 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1903 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1904 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1905 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1906 }
|
|
|
1907 else
|
|
|
1908 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1909 }
|
|
|
1910 }
|
|
|
1911 }
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 /*
|
|
205
|
1914 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1915 */
|
|
|
1916 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1917 {
|
|
|
1918 /*
|
|
|
1919 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1920 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1921 */
|
|
|
1922 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1923 {
|
|
|
1924 /*
|
|
|
1925 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1926 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1927 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1928 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1929 */
|
|
|
1930 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1931 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1932 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1933 {
|
|
|
1934 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1935 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1936 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1937 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1938 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1939 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1940 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1941 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1942 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1943 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1944 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1945 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1946 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1947 {
|
|
|
1948 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1949 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1950 * this item. */
|
|
|
1951 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1952 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1953 continue;
|
|
|
1954 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1957 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1958 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1959
|
|
|
1960 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1961 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1962 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1963 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1964 {
|
|
|
1965 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1966 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1967 continue;
|
|
|
1968 }
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 /*
|
|
|
1971 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1972 */
|
|
|
1973 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1974 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1975 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1978 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1979 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1980 continue;
|
|
|
1981 }
|
|
|
1982 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1985 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1986 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 /*
|
|
|
1989 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1990 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1991 */
|
|
|
1992 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1993 continue;
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 /*
|
|
|
1996 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1997 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
1998 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
1999 */
|
|
|
2000 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
2001 {
|
|
|
2002 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2003 continue;
|
|
|
2004 }
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2007 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
2010 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2011 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2014 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2015 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2016 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /*
|
|
|
2019 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2020 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2021 */
|
|
|
2022 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2023 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2024 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2025
|
|
|
2026 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2027 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2028 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2029 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2030 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 /*
|
|
|
2033 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2034 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2035 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2036 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2037 */
|
|
|
2038 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2039 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2040 {
|
|
|
2041 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2042
|
|
|
2043 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2044 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2045 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2046 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2047 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2048 }
|
|
|
2049
|
|
|
2050 /*
|
|
|
2051 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2052 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2053 * syncing.
|
|
|
2054 */
|
|
|
2055 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2056 {
|
|
|
2057 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2058 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2059 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2060 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2061 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2062 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2063 {
|
|
|
2064 /*
|
|
|
2065 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2066 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2067 */
|
|
|
2068 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2069 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2070 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2071 continue;
|
|
|
2072 }
|
|
|
2073 }
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 /*
|
|
|
2076 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2077 */
|
|
|
2078 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2079 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2080 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2081 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2082 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2083 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2086 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2087 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2088 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2089 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2090 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2091 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2092 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2093 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2094 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2095 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2096 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2097 }
|
|
|
2098 }
|
|
|
2099 }
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 /*
|
|
|
2102 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2103 */
|
|
|
2104 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2107
|
|
|
2108 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2109 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2110 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2111 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2112 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2113 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2114 {
|
|
|
2115 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2116 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2117 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2118 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2121 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2122 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2123 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2126 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2127 }
|
|
|
2128 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130 else
|
|
|
2131 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2132 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2133 }
|
|
|
2134 }
|
|
|
2135 }
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 /*
|
|
|
2138 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2139 */
|
|
|
2140 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2141 {
|
|
|
2142 /*
|
|
|
2143 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2144 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2145 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2146 */
|
|
|
2147 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2148 {
|
|
|
2149 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2150 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2151 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2152 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2153 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2154 break;
|
|
|
2155 }
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 /*
|
|
|
2158 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2159 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2160 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2161 * match.
|
|
|
2162 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2163 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2164 */
|
|
|
2165 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2166 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2167 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2168 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2169 }
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 /*
|
|
|
2174 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2175 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2176 */
|
|
|
2177 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2178 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2179 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2180 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2181 #endif
|
|
|
2182 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2183 {
|
|
221
|
2184 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2185 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2186 #endif
|
|
7
|
2187 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2188 {
|
|
|
2189 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2190 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2191 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2192 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2193 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2194 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2195 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2196 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2199 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2200 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2201 #endif
|
|
7
|
2202 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2203 break;
|
|
|
2204 }
|
|
|
2205 }
|
|
|
2206
|
|
221
|
2207 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
|
2209 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 /*
|
|
|
2212 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2213 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2214 */
|
|
|
2215 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2216 {
|
|
320
|
2217 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2218 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2219 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2220 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
|
227
|
2221 else
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
|
2223 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2224 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2225 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2226 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228 }
|
|
221
|
2229 else
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
320
|
2231 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
419
|
2232 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
|
2233 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
|
2234 * was used. */
|
|
320
|
2235 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2236 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
320
|
2237 else
|
|
|
2238 {
|
|
|
2239 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2240 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2241 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2242 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2243
|
|
|
2244 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2245 {
|
|
|
2246 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2247 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2248 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250 }
|
|
221
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252 }
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254
|
|
7
|
2255 /*
|
|
|
2256 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2257 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2258 * single character match.
|
|
|
2259 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2260 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2261 * current column.
|
|
|
2262 */
|
|
|
2263 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2264 {
|
|
|
2265 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
2266 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
|
2267 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2268 {
|
|
|
2269 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2270 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2271 --current_col;
|
|
|
2272 }
|
|
|
2273 }
|
|
|
2274 }
|
|
221
|
2275 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
419
|
2276 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
2277 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
2278 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
2279 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
2280 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
7
|
2281
|
|
|
2282 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2283 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2284 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2285 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2286 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2289 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2290
|
|
|
2291 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2292 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2293 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2294 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2297 }
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 /*
|
|
|
2301 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2302 */
|
|
|
2303 static int
|
|
|
2304 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2305 int idx;
|
|
|
2306 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 int i;
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2311 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2312 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2313 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2314 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2317 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2318 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2319 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2320 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2323 }
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 /*
|
|
|
2326 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2327 */
|
|
|
2328 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2329 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2330 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 /*
|
|
|
2337 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2338 */
|
|
|
2339 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
|
2341 /*
|
|
|
2342 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2343 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2344 */
|
|
|
2345 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2346 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2347 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2348 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2349 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2350 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2351 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2352 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2353 {
|
|
|
2354 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2355 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2356 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358 else
|
|
|
2359 {
|
|
|
2360 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2361 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2362 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2363 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2364 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2365 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2366 }
|
|
|
2367 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2368 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2369 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2370 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 /*
|
|
|
2373 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2374 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2375 */
|
|
|
2376 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2377 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2378 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2381 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2382 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2383 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2384 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2385 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2386 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2387 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2388 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2389 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2390 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2391 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2392 }
|
|
|
2393 }
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2398 }
|
|
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 /*
|
|
|
2401 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2402 */
|
|
|
2403 static void
|
|
|
2404 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2405 {
|
|
|
2406 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2407 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2410 for (;;)
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
|
2412 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2413 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2414 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2415 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2416 {
|
|
|
2417 /*
|
|
|
2418 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2419 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2420 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2421 * position.
|
|
|
2422 */
|
|
|
2423 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2424 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2425 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2426 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2427 {
|
|
|
2428 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2429 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2430 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2431 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2432 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2433 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2434
|
|
|
2435 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2436 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2437 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2438 break;
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440 else
|
|
|
2441 {
|
|
|
2442 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2443 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2444 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2445 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2446 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2447 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2448 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2449
|
|
|
2450 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2451 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2452 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2453 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2458 break;
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2463 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2464 break;
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /*
|
|
|
2470 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2471 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2472 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2473 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2474 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2475 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2476 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2477 */
|
|
|
2478 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2479 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2480 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2481 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2484 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2485 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2486 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2488 break;
|
|
|
2489 }
|
|
|
2490 }
|
|
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492 else
|
|
|
2493 break;
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495 }
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 /*
|
|
|
2498 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2499 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2500 */
|
|
|
2501 static void
|
|
|
2502 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2503 int idx;
|
|
|
2504 {
|
|
|
2505 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2506 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2509 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2510 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2511 else
|
|
|
2512 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2513 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2514 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2515 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2516 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2517 else
|
|
|
2518 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2519
|
|
|
2520 /*
|
|
|
2521 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2522 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2523 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2524 */
|
|
|
2525 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2526 {
|
|
|
2527 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2528 {
|
|
|
2529 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2530 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2531 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2532 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2533 }
|
|
|
2534 else
|
|
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2537 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2538 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2539 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2540 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2541 {
|
|
|
2542 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2543 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545 }
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 /*
|
|
|
2550 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2551 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2552 */
|
|
|
2553 static void
|
|
|
2554 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2555 {
|
|
|
2556 int i;
|
|
|
2557 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2558 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2559
|
|
|
2560 /*
|
|
|
2561 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2562 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2563 */
|
|
|
2564 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2565 return;
|
|
|
2566
|
|
|
2567 /*
|
|
|
2568 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2569 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2570 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2571 */
|
|
|
2572 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2573 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2574 break;
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2577 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2578 {
|
|
|
2579 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2580 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
|
2582 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2583 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2584 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2585 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2586 }
|
|
|
2587 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2588 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2589 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2590 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2591 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2592 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2593 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2594 }
|
|
|
2595 }
|
|
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 /*
|
|
|
2598 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2599 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2600 *
|
|
|
2601 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2602 */
|
|
|
2603 static void
|
|
|
2604 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2605 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2606 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2607 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2610 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2611 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2612 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2613 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2616 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2617 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2618 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2619 return;
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 /*
|
|
|
2622 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2623 * line.
|
|
|
2624 */
|
|
|
2625 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2626 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2627 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2628 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2629 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2632 {
|
|
|
2633 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2634 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2637 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2638 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2639 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2640 }
|
|
|
2641 else
|
|
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2644 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2645 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2646 }
|
|
|
2647 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649 else
|
|
|
2650 {
|
|
|
2651 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2652 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2653 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2654 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2655 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2656 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658 }
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 /*
|
|
|
2661 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2662 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2663 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2664 */
|
|
|
2665 static int
|
|
|
2666 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2667 int idx;
|
|
|
2668 {
|
|
|
2669 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2670 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2671 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2672 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2673 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2674 return OK;
|
|
|
2675 }
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 /*
|
|
|
2678 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2679 */
|
|
|
2680 static void
|
|
|
2681 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2682 {
|
|
|
2683 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2684 {
|
|
|
2685 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2686 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2689 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2692 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2693 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2694 }
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 /*
|
|
|
2697 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2698 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2699 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2700 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2701 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2702 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2703 * computed.
|
|
|
2704 */
|
|
|
2705 static void
|
|
|
2706 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2707 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2708 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2709 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2710 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2711 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2712 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2713 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2714 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2715 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2716 {
|
|
|
2717 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2718 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2719 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2720 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2721 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2722 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2723 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2724 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2725 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 /*
|
|
|
2728 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2729 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2730 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2731 */
|
|
|
2732 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2733 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2734 {
|
|
|
2735 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2736 return;
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 /*
|
|
|
2740 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2741 */
|
|
|
2742 for (;;)
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
|
2744 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2745 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2746 break;
|
|
|
2747 ++idx;
|
|
|
2748 }
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 /*
|
|
|
2751 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2752 */
|
|
|
2753 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2756 ++idx;
|
|
|
2757 }
|
|
|
2758 else
|
|
|
2759 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2762 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2763 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2766 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2767 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2768 for (;;)
|
|
|
2769 {
|
|
|
2770 /*
|
|
|
2771 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2772 */
|
|
|
2773 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2774 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2775 {
|
|
|
2776 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2779 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2780 break;
|
|
|
2781 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2782 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2783 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2786 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2787 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2788 {
|
|
|
2789 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2790 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2791 {
|
|
|
2792 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2793 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2794 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2795 }
|
|
|
2796 }
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 /*
|
|
|
2800 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2801 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2802 */
|
|
|
2803 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2804 break;
|
|
|
2805
|
|
|
2806 /*
|
|
|
2807 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2808 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2809 */
|
|
|
2810 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2811 {
|
|
|
2812 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2813
|
|
|
2814 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2815 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2816 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2817 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2818 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2819 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2820 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2821 {
|
|
|
2822 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2823 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2826 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2827 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2828 break;
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2833 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2834 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2835 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2836 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2837 else
|
|
|
2838 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2839 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2840 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2841 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2842 ;
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2845 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2846 break;
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2849 }
|
|
|
2850 }
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 /*
|
|
|
2853 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2854 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2855 */
|
|
|
2856 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2857 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2858 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2859 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2860 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2863 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2864 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2865 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2866 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2867 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2868 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2869
|
|
|
2870 /*
|
|
|
2871 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2872 */
|
|
|
2873 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2874 {
|
|
|
2875 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2876 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2877 {
|
|
|
2878 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2879 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2880 }
|
|
|
2881 else
|
|
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2884 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2885 }
|
|
|
2886 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2889 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2890 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2891 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2892 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2895 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2896 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2897 }
|
|
|
2898 else
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2901 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2902 }
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2907 break;
|
|
|
2908 }
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2911 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2912 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2915 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2916 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2917 }
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 /*
|
|
|
2920 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2921 */
|
|
|
2922 static void
|
|
|
2923 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2924 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2925 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2926 {
|
|
|
2927 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2928 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2929 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2930 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2931 }
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 /*
|
|
|
2934 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2935 */
|
|
|
2936 static void
|
|
|
2937 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2938 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2939 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
|
2941 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2942 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2943 else
|
|
|
2944 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2945 }
|
|
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 /*
|
|
|
2948 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2949 */
|
|
|
2950 static void
|
|
|
2951 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2952 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2953 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2954 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2955 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2956 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2957 {
|
|
|
2958 int col;
|
|
626
|
2959 int len;
|
|
7
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2962 {
|
|
|
2963 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2964 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2965 }
|
|
|
2966 else
|
|
|
2967 {
|
|
|
2968 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2969 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2970 }
|
|
|
2971 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2972 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2973 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2974 else
|
|
626
|
2975 {
|
|
|
2976 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
|
|
640
|
2977 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2978 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2979 len = 0;
|
|
|
2980 else
|
|
|
2981 len = STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
|
|
626
|
2982 if (col > len)
|
|
|
2983 result->col = len;
|
|
|
2984 else
|
|
|
2985 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2986 }
|
|
7
|
2987 }
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 /*
|
|
|
2990 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2991 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2992 */
|
|
|
2993 static void
|
|
|
2994 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2995 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2996 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2997 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2998 int idx;
|
|
|
2999 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 int col;
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3004 {
|
|
|
3005 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3006 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3007 }
|
|
|
3008 else
|
|
|
3009 {
|
|
|
3010 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3011 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3012 }
|
|
|
3013 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3014 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3015 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3016 else
|
|
|
3017 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3018 }
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 /*
|
|
|
3021 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
3022 */
|
|
|
3023 static char_u *
|
|
|
3024 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
3025 {
|
|
|
3026 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
3027 }
|
|
|
3028
|
|
|
3029 /*
|
|
410
|
3030 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
3031 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
3032 */
|
|
|
3033 static int
|
|
|
3034 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
3035 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
3036 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3037 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3038 {
|
|
410
|
3039 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
7
|
3040 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3041 {
|
|
|
3042 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3043 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3044 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3045 }
|
|
|
3046 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3047 }
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 /*
|
|
|
3050 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3051 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3052 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3053 */
|
|
|
3054 static int
|
|
|
3055 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3056 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3057 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3058 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3059 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3060 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3061 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
134
|
3063 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3064 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3065 int round;
|
|
134
|
3066 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3067 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3068 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3069 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3072 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3073 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3074 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3075 do
|
|
|
3076 {
|
|
|
3077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3078 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
3079 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3080 else
|
|
|
3081 #endif
|
|
134
|
3082 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3083 }
|
|
|
3084 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3087 return 0;
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 /*
|
|
|
3090 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3091 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3092 */
|
|
419
|
3093 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3094
|
|
|
3095 /*
|
|
|
3096 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3097 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3098 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3099 */
|
|
|
3100 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3101 {
|
|
134
|
3102 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3103 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3104 continue;
|
|
134
|
3105 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3106 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 /*
|
|
134
|
3109 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3110 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3111 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3112 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3113 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3114 */
|
|
134
|
3115 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3116 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3117 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3118 {
|
|
134
|
3119 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3120 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3121 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3122 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3123 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3124 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3127 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3128 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3129 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3130 }
|
|
7
|
3131 }
|
|
|
3132 }
|
|
|
3133 return 0;
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135
|
|
|
3136 /*
|
|
|
3137 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3138 */
|
|
|
3139 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3140 static void
|
|
|
3141 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3142 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3143 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3144 {
|
|
|
3145 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3146 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3149 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3150 return;
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3153 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3154 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3155 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3156 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3157 else
|
|
|
3158 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3159 }
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 /*
|
|
419
|
3162 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
|
3163 */
|
|
|
3164 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3165 static void
|
|
|
3166 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3167 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3168 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3169 {
|
|
|
3170 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3171 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3174 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3175 return;
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3178 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
|
3179 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
|
3180 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
|
3181 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
|
3182 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 4) == 0 && next - arg == 4)
|
|
|
3183 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
3184 else
|
|
|
3185 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3186 }
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 /*
|
|
7
|
3189 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3190 */
|
|
|
3191 void
|
|
|
3192 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3193 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3194 {
|
|
|
3195 int i;
|
|
|
3196
|
|
482
|
3197 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
|
|
294
|
3198 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
419
|
3199 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
|
294
|
3200 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3203 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3204 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3207 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3208 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3209 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3212 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3213 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3214 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3215 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3216 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3219 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3220 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3221 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3224 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3225 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3226 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3227 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3228 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3229 #endif
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3232 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3233 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /*
|
|
|
3237 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3238 */
|
|
|
3239 static void
|
|
|
3240 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3241 {
|
|
|
3242 int i;
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3245 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3246 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3247 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3250 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3251 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3252 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3255 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3256 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3257 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3260 }
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 /*
|
|
|
3263 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3264 */
|
|
|
3265 static void
|
|
|
3266 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3267 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3268 int idx;
|
|
|
3269 {
|
|
|
3270 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3273 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3274 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3275 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3276 #endif
|
|
|
3277 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3278 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3279 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3280 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 /*
|
|
|
3284 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3285 * last to first!
|
|
|
3286 */
|
|
|
3287 static void
|
|
|
3288 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3289 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3290 int i;
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
|
3292 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3293 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3294 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3295 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3296 {
|
|
|
3297 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3298 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3299 }
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 /*
|
|
|
3303 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 static void
|
|
|
3306 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3307 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3308 int i;
|
|
|
3309 {
|
|
|
3310 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3311 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3312 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3313 }
|
|
|
3314
|
|
|
3315 /*
|
|
|
3316 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3317 */
|
|
|
3318 static void
|
|
|
3319 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3320 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3321 int syncing;
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3324 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3325 int id;
|
|
|
3326
|
|
|
3327 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3328 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3329 return;
|
|
|
3330
|
|
|
3331 /*
|
|
|
3332 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3333 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3334 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3335 * clear".
|
|
|
3336 */
|
|
|
3337 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3338 return;
|
|
|
3339
|
|
|
3340 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 /*
|
|
|
3343 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3344 */
|
|
|
3345 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3346 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3347 else
|
|
|
3348 {
|
|
|
3349 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3350 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3351 }
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 else
|
|
|
3354 {
|
|
|
3355 /*
|
|
|
3356 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3357 */
|
|
|
3358 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3359 {
|
|
|
3360 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3361 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3364 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3365 {
|
|
|
3366 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3367 break;
|
|
|
3368 }
|
|
|
3369 else
|
|
|
3370 {
|
|
|
3371 /*
|
|
|
3372 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3373 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3374 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3375 */
|
|
|
3376 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3379 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3380 }
|
|
|
3381 }
|
|
|
3382 else
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3385 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3386 {
|
|
|
3387 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3388 break;
|
|
|
3389 }
|
|
|
3390 else
|
|
|
3391 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3394 }
|
|
|
3395 }
|
|
|
3396 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3397 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 /*
|
|
|
3401 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3402 */
|
|
|
3403 static void
|
|
|
3404 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3405 int id;
|
|
|
3406 int syncing;
|
|
|
3407 {
|
|
|
3408 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3409 int idx;
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3412 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3413 {
|
|
134
|
3414 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3415 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3416 }
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3419 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3420 {
|
|
|
3421 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3422 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3423 continue;
|
|
|
3424 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3425 }
|
|
|
3426 }
|
|
|
3427
|
|
|
3428 /*
|
|
|
3429 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3430 */
|
|
|
3431 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3432 static void
|
|
|
3433 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3434 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3435 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3436 {
|
|
|
3437 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3438 }
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 /*
|
|
|
3441 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3442 */
|
|
|
3443 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3444 static void
|
|
|
3445 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3446 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3447 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3450 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3451 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3452 }
|
|
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 /*
|
|
|
3455 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3456 */
|
|
|
3457 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3458 static void
|
|
|
3459 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3460 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3461 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3462 {
|
|
|
3463 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3464 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3465 {
|
|
|
3466 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3467 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3468 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3469 }
|
|
|
3470 }
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 /*
|
|
|
3473 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3474 */
|
|
|
3475 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3476 static void
|
|
|
3477 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3478 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3479 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3480 {
|
|
|
3481 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483
|
|
|
3484 /*
|
|
|
3485 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3486 */
|
|
|
3487 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3488 static void
|
|
|
3489 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3490 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3491 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
|
3493 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495
|
|
|
3496 static void
|
|
|
3497 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3498 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3499 char *name;
|
|
|
3500 {
|
|
|
3501 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3504 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3507 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3508 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3509 }
|
|
|
3510 }
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 /*
|
|
|
3513 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3514 */
|
|
|
3515 static void
|
|
|
3516 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3517 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3518 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3521 int id;
|
|
|
3522 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3525 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3526 return;
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3529 {
|
|
|
3530 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3531 return;
|
|
|
3532 }
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3535 {
|
|
|
3536 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3537 {
|
|
|
3538 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3539 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3540 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3541 return;
|
|
|
3542 }
|
|
|
3543 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3546 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3547 else
|
|
|
3548 {
|
|
|
3549 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3550 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3551 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3552 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3553 }
|
|
|
3554 return;
|
|
|
3555 }
|
|
|
3556 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3557 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3558 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3559 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3560 {
|
|
|
3561 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3562 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3563 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3564 }
|
|
|
3565 }
|
|
|
3566 else
|
|
|
3567 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3568 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3569 {
|
|
|
3570 /*
|
|
|
3571 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3572 */
|
|
|
3573 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3574 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3575 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3576 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3577 }
|
|
|
3578 else
|
|
|
3579 {
|
|
|
3580 /*
|
|
|
3581 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3582 */
|
|
|
3583 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3584 {
|
|
|
3585 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3586 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3589 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3590 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3591 else
|
|
|
3592 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594 else
|
|
|
3595 {
|
|
|
3596 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3597 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3598 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3599 else
|
|
|
3600 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3601 }
|
|
|
3602 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3606 }
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 static void
|
|
|
3609 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3610 {
|
|
|
3611 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3614 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3615 {
|
|
|
3616 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3617 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3618 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3619 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3620 }
|
|
|
3621 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3622 {
|
|
|
3623 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3624 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3625 }
|
|
|
3626 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3627 }
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 static void
|
|
|
3631 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3632 {
|
|
|
3633 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3636 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3637 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3638 }
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 struct name_list
|
|
|
3644 {
|
|
|
3645 int flag;
|
|
|
3646 char *name;
|
|
|
3647 };
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 /*
|
|
|
3652 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3653 */
|
|
|
3654 static void
|
|
|
3655 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3656 int id;
|
|
|
3657 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3658 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3659 {
|
|
|
3660 int attr;
|
|
|
3661 int idx;
|
|
|
3662 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3663 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3664 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3665 {
|
|
|
3666 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3667 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3668 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3669 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3670 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3671 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3672 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3673 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3674 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3675 };
|
|
|
3676 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3677 {
|
|
|
3678 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3679 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3680 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3681 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3682 };
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3685
|
|
|
3686 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3687 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3688 {
|
|
134
|
3689 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3690 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3691 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3695 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3696 {
|
|
|
3697 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3698 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3699 continue;
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3702 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3703 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3704 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3705 {
|
|
|
3706 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3707 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3708 }
|
|
|
3709 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3710 {
|
|
|
3711 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3712 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3713 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3714 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3715 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3716 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3717 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3718 --idx;
|
|
|
3719 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3724 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3725
|
|
|
3726 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3727 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3728 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3733 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3736 {
|
|
|
3737 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3738 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3739 else
|
|
|
3740 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3741 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3742 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3743 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3744 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3745 else
|
|
|
3746 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3747 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3748 }
|
|
|
3749 }
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3752 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3755 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3756 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3757 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3758 }
|
|
|
3759 }
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 static void
|
|
|
3762 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3763 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3764 int flags;
|
|
|
3765 int attr;
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 int i;
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3770 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3771 {
|
|
|
3772 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3773 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3774 }
|
|
|
3775 }
|
|
|
3776
|
|
|
3777 /*
|
|
|
3778 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3779 */
|
|
|
3780 static void
|
|
|
3781 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3782 int id;
|
|
|
3783 {
|
|
|
3784 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3787 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3788 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3791 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3792 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3793 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3796 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3799 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3800 }
|
|
|
3801 else
|
|
|
3802 {
|
|
|
3803 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3804 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3805 }
|
|
|
3806 }
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 static void
|
|
|
3809 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3810 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3811 short *list;
|
|
|
3812 int attr;
|
|
|
3813 {
|
|
|
3814 short *p;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3817 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3818 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3819 {
|
|
|
3820 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3821 {
|
|
|
3822 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3823 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3824 else
|
|
|
3825 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3826 }
|
|
|
3827 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3828 {
|
|
|
3829 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3830 }
|
|
|
3831 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3834 }
|
|
|
3835 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3836 {
|
|
|
3837 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3838
|
|
|
3839 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3840 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3841 }
|
|
|
3842 else
|
|
|
3843 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3844 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3845 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3846 }
|
|
|
3847 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3848 }
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 static void
|
|
|
3851 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3852 char *s;
|
|
|
3853 int c;
|
|
|
3854 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3855 int attr;
|
|
|
3856 {
|
|
|
3857 long n;
|
|
|
3858 int mask;
|
|
|
3859 int first;
|
|
|
3860 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3861 int i;
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3864 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3865 {
|
|
|
3866 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3867 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3868 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3869 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3870 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3871 else
|
|
|
3872 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3873 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3874 }
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3877 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3878 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3881 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3882 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
|
3884 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3885 break;
|
|
|
3886 }
|
|
|
3887 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3888 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3889 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3892 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3893 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3896 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3897 {
|
|
|
3898 if (!first)
|
|
|
3899 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3900 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3901 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3902 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3903 {
|
|
|
3904 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3905 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3906 else
|
|
|
3907 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3908 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3909 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3912 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3913 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918
|
|
|
3919 /*
|
|
|
3920 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3921 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3922 */
|
|
|
3923 static int
|
|
134
|
3924 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3925 int id;
|
|
134
|
3926 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3927 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3928 int attr;
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3931 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3932 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3933 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3934 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3935 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3936 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3937 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3938 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3939 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 /*
|
|
|
3942 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3943 * hash value...
|
|
|
3944 */
|
|
134
|
3945 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3946 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3949 {
|
|
|
3950 --todo;
|
|
|
3951 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3952 {
|
|
134
|
3953 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3954 {
|
|
134
|
3955 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3956 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3957 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3958 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3959 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3960 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3961 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3962 else
|
|
|
3963 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3964 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3965 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3968 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3969 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3970 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3971 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3972 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3973 }
|
|
|
3974 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3975 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3976 {
|
|
|
3977 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3978 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3979 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3980 }
|
|
|
3981 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3982 {
|
|
|
3983 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3984 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3985 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3986 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
|
3988 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3989 {
|
|
|
3990 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3991 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3992 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3993 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3994 {
|
|
|
3995 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3996 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3997 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4000 {
|
|
|
4001 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
4002 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4003 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4006 {
|
|
|
4007 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
4008 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4009 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011 }
|
|
|
4012 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
4013 }
|
|
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 return did_header;
|
|
|
4019 }
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 static void
|
|
134
|
4022 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
4023 int id;
|
|
134
|
4024 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4025 {
|
|
|
4026 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4027 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4028 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
4029 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4030 int todo;
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
|
4033 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4034 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4035 {
|
|
|
4036 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4037 {
|
|
|
4038 --todo;
|
|
|
4039 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4040 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
4041 {
|
|
134
|
4042 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
4043 {
|
|
|
4044 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4045 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
4046 {
|
|
|
4047 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
4048 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
4049 else
|
|
|
4050 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
4051 }
|
|
|
4052 else
|
|
|
4053 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
4054 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4055 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4056 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
4057 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
4058 }
|
|
7
|
4059 else
|
|
134
|
4060 {
|
|
|
4061 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
4062 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4063 }
|
|
7
|
4064 }
|
|
134
|
4065 }
|
|
|
4066 }
|
|
|
4067 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4068 }
|
|
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 /*
|
|
|
4071 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4072 */
|
|
|
4073 static void
|
|
134
|
4074 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4075 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4076 {
|
|
|
4077 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4078 int todo;
|
|
|
4079 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4080 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4081
|
|
|
4082 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4083 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4084 {
|
|
|
4085 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4086 {
|
|
|
4087 --todo;
|
|
|
4088 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4089 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4090 {
|
|
134
|
4091 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4092 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4093 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4094 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4095 }
|
|
134
|
4096 }
|
|
|
4097 }
|
|
|
4098 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4099 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4100 }
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 /*
|
|
|
4103 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4104 */
|
|
|
4105 static void
|
|
|
4106 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4107 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4108 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4109 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4110 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4111 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4112 {
|
|
134
|
4113 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4114 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4115 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4116 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4117 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4118 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4121 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4122 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4123 else
|
|
|
4124 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4125 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4126 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4127 return;
|
|
|
4128 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4129 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4130 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4131 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4132 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4133 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4134 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4135 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4136
|
|
|
4137 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4138 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4139 else
|
|
134
|
4140 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4143 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4144 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4145 {
|
|
|
4146 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4147 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4148 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4149 }
|
|
|
4150 else
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4153 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4154 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4155 }
|
|
7
|
4156 }
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 /*
|
|
|
4159 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4160 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4161 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4162 */
|
|
|
4163 static char_u *
|
|
|
4164 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4165 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4166 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4167 {
|
|
|
4168 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4171 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 /*
|
|
|
4174 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4175 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4176 */
|
|
|
4177 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4178 return NULL;
|
|
|
4179 return rest;
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 /*
|
|
|
4183 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4184 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4185 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4186 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4187 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4188 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4189 */
|
|
|
4190 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4191 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4192 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4193 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4194 {
|
|
7
|
4195 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4196 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4197 int len;
|
|
154
|
4198 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4199 int i;
|
|
|
4200 int fidx;
|
|
|
4201 static struct flag
|
|
|
4202 {
|
|
|
4203 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4204 int argtype;
|
|
|
4205 int flags;
|
|
|
4206 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4207 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4208 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4209 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4210 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4211 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4212 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4213 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4214 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4215 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4216 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4217 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4218 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4219 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4220 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4221 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4222 };
|
|
154
|
4223 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4226 return NULL;
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 for (;;)
|
|
|
4229 {
|
|
154
|
4230 /*
|
|
|
4231 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4232 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4233 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4234 */
|
|
|
4235 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4236 break;
|
|
7
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4239 {
|
|
154
|
4240 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4241 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4242 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4243 break;
|
|
|
4244 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4245 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4246 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4247 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4248 {
|
|
154
|
4249 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4250 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4251 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4252 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4253 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4254 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4255 break;
|
|
|
4256 }
|
|
|
4257 }
|
|
154
|
4258 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4259 break;
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4262 {
|
|
|
4263 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4264 {
|
|
|
4265 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4266 return NULL;
|
|
|
4267 }
|
|
154
|
4268 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4269 return NULL;
|
|
|
4270 }
|
|
154
|
4271 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4272 {
|
|
|
4273 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4274 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4275 {
|
|
|
4276 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4277 return NULL;
|
|
|
4278 }
|
|
154
|
4279 #endif
|
|
|
4280 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4281 return NULL;
|
|
|
4282 }
|
|
154
|
4283 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4284 {
|
|
|
4285 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4286 return NULL;
|
|
|
4287 }
|
|
|
4288 else
|
|
154
|
4289 {
|
|
|
4290 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4291 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4292
|
|
|
4293 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4294 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4295 {
|
|
|
4296 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4297 {
|
|
|
4298 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4299 return NULL;
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4302 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4303 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4304 return NULL;
|
|
|
4305 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4306 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4307 return NULL;
|
|
|
4308 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4309 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4310 else
|
|
|
4311 {
|
|
|
4312 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4313 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4314 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4315 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4316 {
|
|
|
4317 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4318 break;
|
|
|
4319 }
|
|
|
4320 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4321 {
|
|
|
4322 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4323 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4324 return NULL;
|
|
|
4325 }
|
|
|
4326 }
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4329 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4330 }
|
|
|
4331 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4332 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4333 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4334 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4335 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4336 #endif
|
|
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338 }
|
|
7
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 return arg;
|
|
|
4341 }
|
|
|
4342
|
|
|
4343 /*
|
|
|
4344 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4345 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4346 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4347 */
|
|
|
4348 static void
|
|
|
4349 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4350 int id;
|
|
|
4351 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4352 {
|
|
|
4353 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4354 return;
|
|
|
4355 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4356 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4357 {
|
|
|
4358 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4359 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4360 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4363 {
|
|
|
4364 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4365 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4366 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4367 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 /*
|
|
|
4373 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4374 */
|
|
|
4375 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4376 static void
|
|
|
4377 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4378 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4379 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4382 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4383 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4384 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4385 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4386 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4387 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4388 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4391 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4392 return;
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4395 {
|
|
|
4396 ++arg;
|
|
|
4397 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4398 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4399 {
|
|
|
4400 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4401 return;
|
|
|
4402 }
|
|
|
4403 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4404 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4405 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4406 }
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 /*
|
|
|
4409 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4410 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4411 */
|
|
|
4412 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4413 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4414 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4415 {
|
|
|
4416 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4417 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4418 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4419 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4420 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4421 {
|
|
|
4422 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4423 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4424 return;
|
|
|
4425 }
|
|
|
4426 }
|
|
|
4427
|
|
|
4428 /*
|
|
|
4429 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4430 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4431 */
|
|
|
4432 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4433 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4434 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4435 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4436 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
480
|
4437 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4438 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4439 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4440 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4441 }
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 /*
|
|
|
4444 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4445 */
|
|
|
4446 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4447 static void
|
|
|
4448 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4449 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4450 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4453 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4454 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4455 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4456 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4457 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4458 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4459 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4460 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4469 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4470 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4471 {
|
|
154
|
4472 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4473 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4474 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4475 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4476 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4477 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4478
|
|
7
|
4479 /*
|
|
|
4480 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4481 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4482 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4483 */
|
|
154
|
4484 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4485 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4486 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4487 {
|
|
154
|
4488 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4489 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4490 break;
|
|
|
4491 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4492 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4493 {
|
|
|
4494 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4495 ++rest;
|
|
|
4496 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4497 }
|
|
|
4498 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4499 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4503 {
|
|
|
4504 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4505 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4506
|
|
7
|
4507 /*
|
|
154
|
4508 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4509 */
|
|
154
|
4510 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4511 {
|
|
154
|
4512 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4513 {
|
|
154
|
4514 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4515 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4516 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4517 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4518 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4519 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4520 break;
|
|
|
4521 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
|
4524 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4525 break;
|
|
168
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4530 break;
|
|
|
4531 }
|
|
154
|
4532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4533 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4534 {
|
|
474
|
4535 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
|
|
154
|
4536
|
|
|
4537 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4538 p += l;
|
|
|
4539 }
|
|
|
4540 else
|
|
7
|
4541 #endif
|
|
154
|
4542 {
|
|
|
4543 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4544 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546 }
|
|
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548 }
|
|
154
|
4549
|
|
7
|
4550 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4551 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4552 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4553 }
|
|
|
4554 }
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4557 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4558 else
|
|
|
4559 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4562 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4563 }
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 /*
|
|
|
4566 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4567 *
|
|
|
4568 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4569 */
|
|
|
4570 static void
|
|
|
4571 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4572 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4573 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4576 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4577 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4578 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4579 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4580 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4581 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4582 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4583
|
|
|
4584 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4585 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4588 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4589 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4590 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4591 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4592 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4593 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4594 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4595 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4598 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4599 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4600 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4601 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4602 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4605 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4608 {
|
|
|
4609 /*
|
|
|
4610 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4611 */
|
|
|
4612 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4613 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4614 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4615 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4616 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4617 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4618 {
|
|
154
|
4619 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4620 /*
|
|
|
4621 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4622 */
|
|
|
4623 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4624 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4625 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4626 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4627 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4628 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4629 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4630 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4631 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4632 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4633 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4634 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4635 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4636 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4637 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4640 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4641 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4642 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4643 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4644 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4645 #endif
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4648 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4649 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4650 }
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 /*
|
|
|
4654 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4655 */
|
|
|
4656 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4657 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4658 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4659 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4660 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4663 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4664 }
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 /*
|
|
|
4667 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4668 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4669 */
|
|
|
4670 static void
|
|
|
4671 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4672 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4673 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4674 {
|
|
|
4675 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4676 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4677 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4678 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4679 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4680 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4681 int item;
|
|
|
4682 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4683 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4684 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4685 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4686 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4689 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4690 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4691 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4692 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4693 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4694 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4695 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4696 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4697 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4698 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4699 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4700 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4701 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4702 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4703
|
|
|
4704 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4705 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4708 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4709 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4710
|
|
|
4711 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4712
|
|
154
|
4713 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4714 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4715 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4716 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4717 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4718 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4719 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4720
|
|
7
|
4721 /*
|
|
|
4722 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4723 */
|
|
|
4724 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4725 {
|
|
|
4726 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4727 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4728 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4729 break;
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4732 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4733 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4734 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4735 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4736 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4737 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4738 {
|
|
|
4739 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4740 break;
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4743 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4744 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4745 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4746 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4747 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4748 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4751 {
|
|
|
4752 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4753 break;
|
|
|
4754 }
|
|
|
4755 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4756 }
|
|
|
4757 else
|
|
|
4758 break;
|
|
|
4759 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4760 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4761 {
|
|
|
4762 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4763 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4764 break;
|
|
|
4765 }
|
|
|
4766 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4767 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4768 {
|
|
|
4769 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4770 break;
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4776 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4777 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4778 else
|
|
|
4779 {
|
|
|
4780 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4781 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4784 break;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 }
|
|
|
4787 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 else
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 /*
|
|
|
4792 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4793 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4794 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4795 */
|
|
|
4796 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4797 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4798 {
|
|
|
4799 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4800 break;
|
|
|
4801 }
|
|
|
4802 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4803 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4804 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4805 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4806 {
|
|
|
4807 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4808 break;
|
|
|
4809 }
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 /*
|
|
|
4812 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4813 */
|
|
|
4814 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4815 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4816 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4817 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4818 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4819 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4820 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4821 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4822 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4823 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4824 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4825 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4826 }
|
|
|
4827 }
|
|
|
4828 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4829 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4830 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 /*
|
|
|
4833 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4834 */
|
|
|
4835 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4836 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4839 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4840 }
|
|
|
4841
|
|
|
4842 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4843 {
|
|
|
4844 /*
|
|
|
4845 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4846 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4847 */
|
|
|
4848 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4849 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4850 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4851 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4852 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4853 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4854 {
|
|
154
|
4855 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4856 /*
|
|
|
4857 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4858 */
|
|
|
4859 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4860 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4861 {
|
|
|
4862 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
|
4864 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4865 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4866 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4867 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4868 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4869 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4870 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4871 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4872 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4873 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4874 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4875 {
|
|
154
|
4876 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4877 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4878 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4879 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4880 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4881 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4882 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4883 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4884 }
|
|
|
4885 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4886 ++idx;
|
|
|
4887 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4888 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4889 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4890 #endif
|
|
|
4891 }
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4895 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4896 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4897 }
|
|
|
4898 }
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 /*
|
|
|
4901 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4902 */
|
|
|
4903 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4904 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4905 {
|
|
|
4906 if (!success)
|
|
|
4907 {
|
|
|
4908 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4909 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4910 }
|
|
|
4911 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4912 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4913 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4914 }
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 if (!success)
|
|
|
4917 {
|
|
154
|
4918 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4919 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4920 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4921 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4922 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4923 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4924 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4925 }
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928 /*
|
|
|
4929 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4930 */
|
|
|
4931 static int
|
|
|
4932 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4933 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4934 #endif
|
|
|
4935 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4936 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4937 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4938 {
|
|
|
4939 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4940 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /*
|
|
|
4946 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4947 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4948 */
|
|
|
4949 static void
|
|
|
4950 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4951 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4952 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4953 int list_op;
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4956 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4957 short *g1;
|
|
|
4958 short *g2;
|
|
|
4959 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4960 int count;
|
|
|
4961 int round;
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 /*
|
|
|
4964 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4965 */
|
|
|
4966 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4967 return;
|
|
|
4968 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
|
4970 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4971 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4972 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4973 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4974 else
|
|
|
4975 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4976 return;
|
|
|
4977 }
|
|
|
4978
|
|
|
4979 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4980 ++count1;
|
|
|
4981 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4982 ++count2;
|
|
|
4983
|
|
|
4984 /*
|
|
|
4985 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4986 */
|
|
|
4987 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4988 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4989
|
|
|
4990 /*
|
|
|
4991 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4992 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4993 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4994 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4995 */
|
|
|
4996 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4997 {
|
|
|
4998 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
4999 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5000 count = 0;
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 /*
|
|
|
5003 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
5006 {
|
|
|
5007 /*
|
|
|
5008 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
5009 */
|
|
|
5010 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
5011 {
|
|
|
5012 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5013 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5014 count++;
|
|
|
5015 g1++;
|
|
|
5016 continue;
|
|
|
5017 }
|
|
|
5018 /*
|
|
|
5019 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
5020 * lists.
|
|
|
5021 */
|
|
|
5022 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5023 {
|
|
|
5024 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5025 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5026 count++;
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
5029 g1++;
|
|
|
5030 g2++;
|
|
|
5031 }
|
|
|
5032
|
|
|
5033 /*
|
|
|
5034 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
5035 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
5036 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
5037 */
|
|
|
5038 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
5039 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5040 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5041 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5042 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
5043 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5044 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5047 {
|
|
|
5048 /*
|
|
|
5049 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
5050 * space for it.
|
|
|
5051 */
|
|
|
5052 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5055 break;
|
|
|
5056 }
|
|
|
5057 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5058 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
5059 break;
|
|
|
5060 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
5061 }
|
|
|
5062 }
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 /*
|
|
|
5065 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
5066 */
|
|
|
5067 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5068 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5069 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 /*
|
|
|
5073 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5074 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5075 */
|
|
|
5076 static int
|
|
|
5077 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5078 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5079 {
|
|
|
5080 int i;
|
|
|
5081 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5082
|
|
|
5083 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5084 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5085 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5086 return 0;
|
|
|
5087 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5088 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5089 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5090 break;
|
|
|
5091 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5092 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5093 }
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 /*
|
|
|
5096 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5097 */
|
|
|
5098 static int
|
|
|
5099 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5100 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5101 int len;
|
|
|
5102 {
|
|
|
5103 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5104 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5107 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5110 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5111 }
|
|
|
5112 return id;
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 /*
|
|
|
5116 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5117 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5118 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5119 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5120 */
|
|
|
5121 static int
|
|
|
5122 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5123 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5124 int len;
|
|
|
5125 {
|
|
|
5126 int id;
|
|
|
5127 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5130 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5131 return 0;
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5134 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5135 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5136 else
|
|
|
5137 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5138 return id;
|
|
|
5139 }
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 /*
|
|
|
5142 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5143 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5144 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5145 */
|
|
|
5146 static int
|
|
|
5147 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5148 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5149 {
|
|
|
5150 int len;
|
|
7
|
5151
|
|
|
5152 /*
|
|
|
5153 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5154 */
|
|
|
5155 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5156 {
|
|
221
|
5157 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5158 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 /*
|
|
|
5162 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5163 */
|
|
|
5164 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5165 {
|
|
|
5166 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5167 return 0;
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
|
5169 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5170
|
|
221
|
5171 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5172 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5173 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5174 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5175 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5176
|
|
221
|
5177 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5178 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5179 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5180 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5181
|
|
7
|
5182 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5183 }
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 /*
|
|
|
5186 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5187 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5188 */
|
|
|
5189 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5190 static void
|
|
|
5191 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5192 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5193 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5194 {
|
|
|
5195 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5196 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5197 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5198 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5199 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5200 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5201 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5202 int list_op;
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5205 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5206 return;
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5211 {
|
|
|
5212 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5213 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 for (;;)
|
|
|
5216 {
|
|
|
5217 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5218 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5221 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5222 }
|
|
|
5223 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5224 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5227 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5228 }
|
|
|
5229 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5230 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5231 {
|
|
|
5232 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5233 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5234 }
|
|
|
5235 else
|
|
|
5236 break;
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5239 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5240 {
|
|
|
5241 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5242 break;
|
|
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5245 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5246 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5247 }
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5252 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5253 }
|
|
|
5254 }
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5257 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5258 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5259 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5260 }
|
|
|
5261
|
|
|
5262 /*
|
|
|
5263 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5264 */
|
|
|
5265 static void
|
|
|
5266 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5267 {
|
|
|
5268 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5269 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5270 }
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 /*
|
|
|
5273 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5274 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5275 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5276 */
|
|
|
5277 static char_u *
|
|
|
5278 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5279 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5280 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5281 {
|
|
|
5282 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5283 int *p;
|
|
|
5284 int idx;
|
|
|
5285 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5286
|
|
|
5287 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5288 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5289 return NULL;
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5292 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5293 {
|
|
|
5294 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5295 return NULL;
|
|
|
5296 }
|
|
|
5297 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5298 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5299 return NULL;
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5302 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5303 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5304 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5305 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5308 return NULL;
|
|
|
5309 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 /*
|
|
|
5312 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5313 */
|
|
|
5314 ++end;
|
|
|
5315 do
|
|
|
5316 {
|
|
|
5317 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5318 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5319 break;
|
|
|
5320 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5323 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5324 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5325 {
|
|
|
5326 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5327 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5328 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5329 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5330 }
|
|
|
5331 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5332 {
|
|
|
5333 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5334 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5335 {
|
|
|
5336 end += 3;
|
|
|
5337 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5338
|
|
|
5339 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5340 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5341 {
|
|
|
5342 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5343 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5344 }
|
|
|
5345 }
|
|
|
5346 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5347 {
|
|
|
5348 end += 4;
|
|
|
5349 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 ++end;
|
|
|
5352 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5353 }
|
|
|
5354 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 ++end;
|
|
|
5357 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5358 }
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5361 break;
|
|
|
5362 ++end;
|
|
|
5363 }
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5368 {
|
|
|
5369 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5370 return NULL;
|
|
|
5371 }
|
|
|
5372 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5373 }
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 /*
|
|
|
5376 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5377 */
|
|
|
5378 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5379 static void
|
|
|
5380 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5381 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5382 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5385 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5386 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5387 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5388 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5389 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5390 long n;
|
|
|
5391 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5396 return;
|
|
|
5397 }
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5402 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5403 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5404 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5405 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5408 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5409 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5412 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5413 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5414 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5415 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5418 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5421 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5422 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5423 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
|
5425 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5426 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5427 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5428 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5429 else
|
|
|
5430 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5431 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5434 break;
|
|
|
5435 }
|
|
|
5436 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5437 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5438 {
|
|
|
5439 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5440 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5441 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5442 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5443 else
|
|
|
5444 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5445 }
|
|
|
5446 }
|
|
|
5447 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5448 {
|
|
|
5449 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5452 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5453 }
|
|
|
5454 }
|
|
|
5455 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5456 {
|
|
|
5457 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5458 {
|
|
|
5459 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5460 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5461 break;
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5464 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5465 {
|
|
|
5466 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5467 break;
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469
|
|
|
5470 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5471 {
|
|
|
5472 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5473 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5474 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5475 {
|
|
|
5476 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5477 break;
|
|
|
5478 }
|
|
|
5479 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5482 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5483 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5484 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5485 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5486 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5491 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5492 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5493 break;
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498 else
|
|
|
5499 {
|
|
|
5500 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5501 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5502 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5503 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5504 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5505 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5506 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5507 else
|
|
|
5508 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5509 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5510 break;
|
|
|
5511 }
|
|
|
5512 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5513 }
|
|
|
5514 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5515 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5516 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5517 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5520 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5521 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5522 }
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 /*
|
|
|
5526 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5527 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5528 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5529 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5530 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5531 */
|
|
|
5532 static int
|
|
|
5533 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5534 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5535 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5536 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5537 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5538 {
|
|
|
5539 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5540 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5541 int round;
|
|
|
5542 int count;
|
|
|
5543 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5544 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5545 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5546 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5547 int id;
|
|
|
5548 int i;
|
|
|
5549 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5550
|
|
|
5551 /*
|
|
|
5552 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5553 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5554 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5555 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5556 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5557 */
|
|
|
5558 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5559 {
|
|
|
5560 /*
|
|
|
5561 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5562 */
|
|
|
5563 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5564 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5565 {
|
|
|
5566 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5567 break;
|
|
|
5568 }
|
|
|
5569 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5570 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5571 {
|
|
|
5572 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5573 break;
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /*
|
|
|
5577 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5578 */
|
|
|
5579 count = 0;
|
|
|
5580 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5583 ;
|
|
|
5584 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5585 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5586 {
|
|
|
5587 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5588 break;
|
|
|
5589 }
|
|
419
|
5590 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
7
|
5591 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5592 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5593 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5594 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5595 {
|
|
|
5596 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5597 {
|
|
|
5598 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5599 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5600 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5601 break;
|
|
|
5602 }
|
|
|
5603 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5604 {
|
|
|
5605 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5606 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5607 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5608 break;
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5611 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5612 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5613 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5614 else
|
|
|
5615 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5616 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5617 }
|
|
|
5618 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5619 {
|
|
|
5620 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622 else
|
|
|
5623 {
|
|
|
5624 /*
|
|
|
5625 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5626 */
|
|
|
5627 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5628 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5629 else
|
|
|
5630 {
|
|
|
5631 /*
|
|
|
5632 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5633 */
|
|
|
5634 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5635 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5636 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5637 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5638 {
|
|
|
5639 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5640 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5641 break;
|
|
|
5642 }
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5645 id = 0;
|
|
|
5646 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5649 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5654 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5655 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5656 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5657 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5660 round = 1;
|
|
|
5661 }
|
|
|
5662 else
|
|
|
5663 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665 ++count;
|
|
|
5666 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5673 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5676 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5677 break;
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
|
5683 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5684 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5685 {
|
|
|
5686 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5687 round = 1;
|
|
|
5688 }
|
|
|
5689 else
|
|
|
5690 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692 ++count;
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5695 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5696 break;
|
|
|
5697 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5698 }
|
|
|
5699 if (failed)
|
|
|
5700 break;
|
|
|
5701 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5704 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5705 break;
|
|
|
5706 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5707 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5708 }
|
|
|
5709 }
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5712 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5715 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5716 }
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5719 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5720 else
|
|
|
5721 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 return OK;
|
|
|
5724 }
|
|
|
5725
|
|
|
5726 /*
|
|
|
5727 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5728 */
|
|
|
5729 static short *
|
|
|
5730 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5731 short *list;
|
|
|
5732 {
|
|
|
5733 int len;
|
|
|
5734 int count;
|
|
|
5735 short *retval;
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5738 return NULL;
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5741 ;
|
|
|
5742 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5743 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5744 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5745 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 return retval;
|
|
|
5748 }
|
|
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 /*
|
|
|
5751 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5752 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5753 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5754 * the current item.
|
|
|
5755 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5756 */
|
|
|
5757 static int
|
|
|
5758 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5759 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5760 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5761 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5762 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 int retval;
|
|
|
5765 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5766 short item;
|
|
|
5767 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5768 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5769 int r;
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5772 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5773 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5776 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5777 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5778 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5779 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5780 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5781 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5782 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5783 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5784 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5788 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 /*
|
|
|
5791 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5792 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5793 */
|
|
|
5794 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5795 return !contained;
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 /*
|
|
|
5798 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5799 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5800 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5801 */
|
|
|
5802 item = *list;
|
|
|
5803 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5808 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5809 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5810 }
|
|
|
5811 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5812 {
|
|
|
5813 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5814 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5815 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5816 }
|
|
|
5817 else
|
|
|
5818 {
|
|
|
5819 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5820 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5821 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5822 }
|
|
|
5823 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5824 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5825 }
|
|
|
5826 else
|
|
|
5827 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 /*
|
|
|
5830 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5831 */
|
|
|
5832 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5835 return retval;
|
|
|
5836 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5837 {
|
|
|
5838 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5839 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5840 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5841 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5842 {
|
|
|
5843 ++depth;
|
|
|
5844 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5845 --depth;
|
|
|
5846 if (r)
|
|
|
5847 return retval;
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849 }
|
|
|
5850 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5851 }
|
|
|
5852 return !retval;
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5856 {
|
|
|
5857 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5858 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5859 };
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5862 {
|
|
|
5863 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5864 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5865 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5866 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5867 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5868 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5869 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5870 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5871 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5872 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5873 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5874 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5875 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
419
|
5876 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
|
7
|
5877 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5878 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5879 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5880 };
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 /*
|
|
|
5883 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5884 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5885 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5886 */
|
|
|
5887 void
|
|
|
5888 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5889 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5890 {
|
|
|
5891 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5892 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5893 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5894 int i;
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5899 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5900 ;
|
|
|
5901 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5902 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5903 {
|
|
|
5904 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5905 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5906 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5907 {
|
|
|
5908 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5909 {
|
|
|
5910 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5911 break;
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5914 {
|
|
|
5915 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5916 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5917 break;
|
|
|
5918 }
|
|
|
5919 }
|
|
|
5920 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5921 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5922 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5923 }
|
|
|
5924 }
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 int
|
|
|
5927 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5928 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5929 {
|
|
|
5930 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5931 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5932 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5933 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5934 }
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 static enum
|
|
|
5939 {
|
|
|
5940 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5941 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5942 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 /*
|
|
|
5946 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5947 */
|
|
|
5948 void
|
|
|
5949 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5950 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5951 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5952 {
|
|
|
5953 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5956 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5957 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5958 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5959 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5960 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5963 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5964 {
|
|
|
5965 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5966 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5967 {
|
|
|
5968 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5969 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5970 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5971 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5972 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5973 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5974 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5975 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5976 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5977 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5978 else
|
|
|
5979 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981 }
|
|
|
5982 }
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986 /*
|
|
|
5987 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5988 * expansion.
|
|
|
5989 */
|
|
|
5990 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5991 char_u *
|
|
|
5992 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5993 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5994 int idx;
|
|
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5997 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
5998 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
5999 }
|
|
|
6000
|
|
|
6001 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 /*
|
|
|
6004 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
6005 */
|
|
|
6006 int
|
|
499
|
6007 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
|
6008 win_T *wp;
|
|
7
|
6009 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
6010 colnr_T col;
|
|
7
|
6011 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
253
|
6012 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
6013 {
|
|
|
6014 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
6015 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
499
|
6016 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
7
|
6017 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
6018 || col < current_col)
|
|
499
|
6019 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
7
|
6020
|
|
253
|
6021 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
|
7
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
6024 }
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6027 /*
|
|
|
6028 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
6029 */
|
|
|
6030 int
|
|
|
6031 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
6032 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
6033 long lnum;
|
|
|
6034 {
|
|
|
6035 int level = 0;
|
|
|
6036 int i;
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
6039 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
6040 {
|
|
|
6041 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6044 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
6045 ++level;
|
|
|
6046 }
|
|
|
6047 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
6048 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
6049 return level;
|
|
|
6050 }
|
|
|
6051 #endif
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 /**************************************
|
|
|
6057 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
6058 **************************************/
|
|
|
6059
|
|
|
6060 /*
|
|
|
6061 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
6062 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
6063 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
6064 */
|
|
|
6065 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
6066 {
|
|
|
6067 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6068 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
6069 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
6070 #endif
|
|
|
6071 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
6072 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6073 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6074 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6075 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6076 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6077 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6078 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6079 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
540
|
6080 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6081 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey",
|
|
677
|
6082 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6083 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
694
|
6084 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan",
|
|
7
|
6085 NULL
|
|
|
6086 };
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6089 {
|
|
|
6090 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6091 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
6092 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6093 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6094 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6095 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
221
|
6096 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6097 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6098 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6099 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
540
|
6100 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6101 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey",
|
|
7
|
6102 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6103 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6104 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6105 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6106 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6107 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6108 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
523
|
6109 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
7
|
6110 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6111 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6112 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
683
|
6113 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
7
|
6114 NULL
|
|
|
6115 };
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6118 {
|
|
|
6119 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6120 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6121 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6122 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6123 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
6124 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6125 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
221
|
6126 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6127 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6128 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6129 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
540
|
6130 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta",
|
|
697
|
6131 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6132 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6133 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6134 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6135 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6136 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6137 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
523
|
6138 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6139 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6140 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6141 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
683
|
6142 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6143 NULL
|
|
|
6144 };
|
|
|
6145
|
|
|
6146 void
|
|
|
6147 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6148 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6149 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6150 {
|
|
|
6151 int i;
|
|
|
6152 char **pp;
|
|
|
6153 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6154 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6155 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 /*
|
|
|
6158 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6159 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6160 */
|
|
|
6161 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6162 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6163 return;
|
|
|
6164 #endif
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 /*
|
|
|
6167 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6168 */
|
|
|
6169 if (both)
|
|
|
6170 {
|
|
|
6171 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6172 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6173 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6174 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6175 }
|
|
|
6176 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6177 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6178 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6179 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6180 return;
|
|
|
6181
|
|
|
6182 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6183 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6184 else
|
|
|
6185 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6186 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6187 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6188
|
|
527
|
6189 /* Magenta background looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors.
|
|
|
6190 * Thus let it depend on the number of colors available. */
|
|
|
6191 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
6192 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
|
|
|
6193 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6194
|
|
7
|
6195 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6196 /*
|
|
|
6197 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6198 */
|
|
|
6199 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6200 {
|
|
|
6201 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6204 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6205 else
|
|
|
6206 {
|
|
|
6207 ++recursive;
|
|
480
|
6208 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
24
|
6209 --recursive;
|
|
|
6210 }
|
|
|
6211 }
|
|
7
|
6212 #endif
|
|
|
6213 }
|
|
|
6214
|
|
|
6215 /*
|
|
12
|
6216 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6217 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6218 */
|
|
|
6219 int
|
|
12
|
6220 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6221 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6222 {
|
|
|
6223 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6224 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6225 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6226
|
|
|
6227 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6228 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6229 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6230 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6231 return OK;
|
|
|
6232
|
|
|
6233 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6234 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6235 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6236 {
|
|
12
|
6237 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
480
|
6238 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6239 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6240 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6241 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6242 #endif
|
|
7
|
6243 }
|
|
|
6244 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 return retval;
|
|
|
6247 }
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 /*
|
|
|
6250 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6251 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6252 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6253 */
|
|
|
6254 void
|
|
|
6255 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6256 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6257 int forceit;
|
|
|
6258 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6259 {
|
|
|
6260 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6261 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6262 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6263 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6264 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6265 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6266 long i;
|
|
|
6267 int off;
|
|
|
6268 int len;
|
|
|
6269 int attr;
|
|
|
6270 int id;
|
|
|
6271 int idx;
|
|
|
6272 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6273 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6274 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6275 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6276 int color;
|
|
|
6277 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6278 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6279 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6280 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6281 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6282 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6283 #else
|
|
|
6284 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6285 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6286 #endif
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 /*
|
|
|
6289 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6290 */
|
|
|
6291 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6292 {
|
|
|
6293 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6294 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6295 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6296 return;
|
|
|
6297 }
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 /*
|
|
|
6300 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6301 */
|
|
|
6302 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6303 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 /*
|
|
|
6306 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6307 */
|
|
|
6308 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6309 {
|
|
|
6310 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6311 line = linep;
|
|
|
6312 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6313 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6314 }
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 /*
|
|
|
6317 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6318 */
|
|
|
6319 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6320 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6321 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6322 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6323
|
|
|
6324 /*
|
|
|
6325 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6326 */
|
|
|
6327 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6328 {
|
|
|
6329 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6330 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6331 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6332 else
|
|
|
6333 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6334 return;
|
|
|
6335 }
|
|
|
6336
|
|
|
6337 /*
|
|
|
6338 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6339 */
|
|
|
6340 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6341 {
|
|
|
6342 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6343 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6344 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6345 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6346 int from_id;
|
|
|
6347 int to_id;
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6350 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6351 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6354 {
|
|
|
6355 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6356 from_start);
|
|
|
6357 return;
|
|
|
6358 }
|
|
|
6359
|
|
|
6360 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6361 {
|
|
|
6362 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6363 return;
|
|
|
6364 }
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6367 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6368 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6369 else
|
|
|
6370 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6371
|
|
|
6372 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 /*
|
|
|
6375 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6376 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6377 */
|
|
|
6378 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6379 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6380 {
|
|
|
6381 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6382 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384 else
|
|
|
6385 {
|
|
|
6386 if (!init)
|
|
|
6387 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6388 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
448
|
6389 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6390 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
6391 #endif
|
|
7
|
6392 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6393 }
|
|
|
6394 }
|
|
|
6395
|
|
|
6396 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6397 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 return;
|
|
|
6400 }
|
|
|
6401
|
|
|
6402 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6403 {
|
|
|
6404 /*
|
|
|
6405 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6406 */
|
|
|
6407 line = linep;
|
|
|
6408 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6409 {
|
|
|
6410 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6411 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6412 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6413 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6414 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6415 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6416 */
|
|
|
6417 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6418 {
|
|
|
6419 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6420 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6421 # endif
|
|
|
6422 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6423 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6424 # endif
|
|
|
6425 }
|
|
|
6426 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6427 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6428 # endif
|
|
|
6429 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6430 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6431
|
|
|
6432 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6433 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6434 */
|
|
|
6435 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6436 # endif
|
|
|
6437 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6440 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6441 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6442 # endif
|
|
|
6443 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6444 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6445 # endif
|
|
|
6446 }
|
|
|
6447 # endif
|
|
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6450 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6451 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6452 */
|
|
|
6453 #endif
|
|
|
6454 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6455 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6456 #endif
|
|
|
6457 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6458
|
|
|
6459 /*
|
|
|
6460 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6461 */
|
|
|
6462 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6463 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6464 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6465 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6466 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6467 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6468 #endif
|
|
|
6469 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6470 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6471 return;
|
|
|
6472 }
|
|
|
6473 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6474 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6475 }
|
|
|
6476
|
|
|
6477 /*
|
|
|
6478 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6479 */
|
|
|
6480 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6481 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6482 return;
|
|
|
6483 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6486 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6487 return;
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6490 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6491 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6492 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6493 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6494 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6495 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6496 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6497 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6498 #endif
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6501 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6502 {
|
|
|
6503 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6504 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6505 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6506 }
|
|
|
6507
|
|
|
6508 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6509 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6510 {
|
|
|
6511 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6512 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6513 {
|
|
|
6514 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6515 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6516 break;
|
|
|
6517 }
|
|
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 /*
|
|
|
6520 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6521 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6522 */
|
|
|
6523 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6524 ++linep;
|
|
|
6525 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6526 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6527 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6528 {
|
|
|
6529 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6530 break;
|
|
|
6531 }
|
|
|
6532 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
|
6536 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6537 {
|
|
|
6538 if (!init)
|
|
|
6539 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6540 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6541 }
|
|
|
6542 continue;
|
|
|
6543 }
|
|
|
6544
|
|
|
6545 /*
|
|
|
6546 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6547 */
|
|
|
6548 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6549 {
|
|
|
6550 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6551 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6552 break;
|
|
|
6553 }
|
|
|
6554 ++linep;
|
|
|
6555
|
|
|
6556 /*
|
|
|
6557 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6558 */
|
|
|
6559 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6560 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6561 {
|
|
|
6562 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6563 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6564 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6565 {
|
|
|
6566 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6567 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6568 break;
|
|
|
6569 }
|
|
|
6570 }
|
|
|
6571 else
|
|
|
6572 {
|
|
|
6573 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6574 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6575 }
|
|
|
6576 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6579 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6580 break;
|
|
|
6581 }
|
|
|
6582 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6583 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6584 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6585 {
|
|
|
6586 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6587 break;
|
|
|
6588 }
|
|
|
6589 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6590 ++linep;
|
|
|
6591
|
|
|
6592 /*
|
|
|
6593 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6594 */
|
|
|
6595 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6596 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6597 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6598 {
|
|
|
6599 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6600 off = 0;
|
|
|
6601 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6602 {
|
|
|
6603 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6606 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6607 {
|
|
|
6608 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6609 off += len;
|
|
|
6610 break;
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612 }
|
|
|
6613 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6614 {
|
|
|
6615 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6616 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6617 break;
|
|
|
6618 }
|
|
|
6619 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6620 ++off;
|
|
|
6621 }
|
|
|
6622 if (error)
|
|
|
6623 break;
|
|
|
6624 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6625 {
|
|
|
6626 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6627 {
|
|
|
6628 if (!init)
|
|
|
6629 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6630 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6631 }
|
|
|
6632 }
|
|
|
6633 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6634 {
|
|
|
6635 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6636 {
|
|
|
6637 if (!init)
|
|
|
6638 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6639 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6640 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6641 }
|
|
|
6642 }
|
|
|
6643 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6644 else
|
|
|
6645 {
|
|
|
6646 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6647 {
|
|
|
6648 if (!init)
|
|
|
6649 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6650 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6651 }
|
|
|
6652 }
|
|
|
6653 #endif
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6656 {
|
|
|
6657 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6658 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6659 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6660 {
|
|
|
6661 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6662 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6663 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6664 }
|
|
|
6665 else
|
|
|
6666 {
|
|
|
6667 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6668 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6669 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6670 # endif
|
|
|
6671 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6672 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6673 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6674 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6675 */
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6678 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6679 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6680 # endif
|
|
|
6681 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6682 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6683
|
|
|
6684 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6685 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6686 {
|
|
|
6687 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6688 * one.
|
|
|
6689 */
|
|
|
6690 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6691 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6692 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6693 }
|
|
|
6694 else
|
|
|
6695 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6696 # endif
|
|
|
6697 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6698 {
|
|
|
6699 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6700 * one.
|
|
|
6701 */
|
|
|
6702 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6703 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6704 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6705 }
|
|
|
6706 else
|
|
|
6707 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6708 }
|
|
|
6709 #endif
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6712 {
|
|
|
6713 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 if (!init)
|
|
|
6716 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6717
|
|
|
6718 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6719 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6720 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6721 {
|
|
|
6722 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6723 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6724 }
|
|
|
6725
|
|
|
6726 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6727 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6728 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6729 {
|
|
|
6730 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6731 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6732 else
|
|
|
6733 {
|
|
|
6734 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6735 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6736 break;
|
|
|
6737 }
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6740 {
|
|
|
6741 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6742 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6743 else
|
|
|
6744 {
|
|
|
6745 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6746 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6747 break;
|
|
|
6748 }
|
|
|
6749 }
|
|
|
6750 else
|
|
|
6751 {
|
|
|
6752 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6753 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6754 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6755 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6756 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6757 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6758 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6759 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6760 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6761 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6762 7, 7,
|
|
|
6763 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6764 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6765 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6766 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6767 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6768 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6769 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6770 84, 84,
|
|
|
6771 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6772 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6773 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6774 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6775 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6776 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6777 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6778 248, 248,
|
|
|
6779 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6780 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6781 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6782 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6783 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6784 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6785 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6786 7, 7,
|
|
|
6787 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6788 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6789 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6790 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6791 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6792 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6793 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6794 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6795 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6796 #endif
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6799 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6800 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6801 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6802 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6803 break;
|
|
|
6804 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6807 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6808 break;
|
|
|
6809 }
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6812 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6813 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6814 {
|
|
|
6815 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6816 {
|
|
|
6817 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6818 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6819 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6820 #else
|
|
|
6821 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6822 #endif
|
|
|
6823 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6824 {
|
|
|
6825 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6826 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6827 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6828 {
|
|
|
6829 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6830 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6831 }
|
|
|
6832 else
|
|
|
6833 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6834 }
|
|
|
6835 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6836 }
|
|
|
6837 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6838 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6839 {
|
|
|
6840 /*
|
|
|
6841 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6842 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6843 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6844 */
|
|
|
6845 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6846 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6847 else
|
|
|
6848 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6849 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6850 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6851 {
|
|
|
6852 case 16:
|
|
|
6853 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6854 break;
|
|
|
6855 case 88:
|
|
|
6856 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6857 break;
|
|
|
6858 case 256:
|
|
|
6859 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6860 break;
|
|
|
6861 }
|
|
|
6862 }
|
|
|
6863 }
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6866 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6867 {
|
|
|
6868 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6869 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6870 {
|
|
|
6871 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6872 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6873 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6874 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6875 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6876 #endif
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6879 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6880 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6881 }
|
|
|
6882 }
|
|
|
6883 }
|
|
|
6884 else
|
|
|
6885 {
|
|
|
6886 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6887 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6888 {
|
|
|
6889 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6890 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6891 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6892 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6893 #endif
|
|
|
6894 {
|
|
|
6895 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6896 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6897 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6898 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6899 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6900 else
|
|
|
6901 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6902 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6903 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6904 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6905 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6906 }
|
|
|
6907 }
|
|
|
6908 }
|
|
|
6909 }
|
|
|
6910 }
|
|
|
6911 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6912 {
|
|
|
6913 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6914 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6915 {
|
|
205
|
6916 if (!init)
|
|
|
6917 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6918
|
|
|
6919 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6920 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6921 {
|
|
|
6922 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6923 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6924 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6925 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6926 else
|
|
|
6927 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6928 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6929 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6930 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6931 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6932 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6933 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6934 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6935 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6936 # endif
|
|
205
|
6937 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6938 # endif
|
|
205
|
6939 }
|
|
7
|
6940 }
|
|
|
6941 #endif
|
|
|
6942 }
|
|
|
6943 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6944 {
|
|
|
6945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6946 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6947 {
|
|
205
|
6948 if (!init)
|
|
|
6949 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6952 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6953 {
|
|
|
6954 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6955 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6956 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6957 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6958 else
|
|
|
6959 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6960 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6961 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6962 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6963 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6964 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6965 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6966 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6967 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6968 # endif
|
|
205
|
6969 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6970 # endif
|
|
205
|
6971 }
|
|
7
|
6972 }
|
|
205
|
6973 #endif
|
|
|
6974 }
|
|
|
6975 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
6976 {
|
|
|
6977 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6978 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6979 {
|
|
|
6980 if (!init)
|
|
|
6981 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6984 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6985 {
|
|
|
6986 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
6987 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
6988 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6989 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6990 else
|
|
|
6991 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6992 }
|
|
|
6993 }
|
|
7
|
6994 #endif
|
|
|
6995 }
|
|
|
6996 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6997 {
|
|
|
6998 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
6999 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 if (!init)
|
|
|
7002 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
7003
|
|
|
7004 /*
|
|
|
7005 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
7006 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
7007 */
|
|
|
7008 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
7009 {
|
|
|
7010 off = 0;
|
|
|
7011 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
7012 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
7015 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
7016 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
7017 ;
|
|
|
7018 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
7019 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7022 break;
|
|
|
7023 }
|
|
|
7024 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
7025 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
7026 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
7027 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
7028 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7029
|
|
|
7030 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
7031 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
7032 {
|
|
|
7033 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
7034 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7035 break;
|
|
|
7036 }
|
|
|
7037 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
7038
|
|
|
7039 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
7040 off += len;
|
|
|
7041 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
7042 ++off;
|
|
|
7043 }
|
|
|
7044 }
|
|
|
7045 else
|
|
|
7046 {
|
|
|
7047 /*
|
|
|
7048 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
7049 */
|
|
|
7050 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
7051 {
|
|
|
7052 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
7053 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
7054 off += len;
|
|
|
7055 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
7056 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
7057 }
|
|
|
7058 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
7059 }
|
|
|
7060 if (error)
|
|
|
7061 break;
|
|
|
7062
|
|
|
7063 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
7064 p = NULL;
|
|
|
7065 else
|
|
|
7066 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
7067 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
7068 {
|
|
|
7069 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7070 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
7071 }
|
|
|
7072 else
|
|
|
7073 {
|
|
|
7074 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7075 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
7076 }
|
|
|
7077 }
|
|
|
7078 else
|
|
|
7079 {
|
|
|
7080 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7081 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7082 break;
|
|
|
7083 }
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 /*
|
|
|
7086 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
7087 */
|
|
|
7088 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7089 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 /*
|
|
|
7092 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7093 */
|
|
|
7094 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7095 }
|
|
|
7096
|
|
|
7097 /*
|
|
|
7098 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7099 */
|
|
|
7100 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7101 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7102 else
|
|
|
7103 {
|
|
|
7104 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7105 {
|
|
|
7106 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7107 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7108 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7109 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7110 /*
|
|
|
7111 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7112 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7113 */
|
|
|
7114 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7115 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7116 #endif
|
|
|
7117 }
|
|
|
7118 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7119 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7120 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7121 {
|
|
|
7122 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7123 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7124 }
|
|
|
7125 # endif
|
|
|
7126 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7127 {
|
|
|
7128 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7129 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7130 }
|
|
|
7131 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7132 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7133 {
|
|
|
7134 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7135 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7136 }
|
|
|
7137 # endif
|
|
|
7138 #endif
|
|
|
7139 else
|
|
|
7140 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
448
|
7141 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7142 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
7143 #endif
|
|
7
|
7144 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
7145 }
|
|
|
7146 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7147 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7148
|
|
|
7149 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7150 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7151 }
|
|
|
7152
|
|
356
|
7153 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7154 void
|
|
|
7155 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7156 {
|
|
|
7157 int i;
|
|
|
7158
|
|
|
7159 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7160 {
|
|
356
|
7161 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7162 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7163 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7164 }
|
|
356
|
7165 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7166 }
|
|
|
7167 #endif
|
|
|
7168
|
|
7
|
7169 /*
|
|
|
7170 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7171 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7172 */
|
|
|
7173 void
|
|
|
7174 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7175 {
|
|
|
7176 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7177 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7178 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7179 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7180 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7181 #else
|
|
|
7182 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7183 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7184 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7185 #endif
|
|
|
7186 }
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 /*
|
|
|
7189 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7190 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7191 */
|
|
|
7192 static int
|
|
|
7193 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7194 int idx;
|
|
|
7195 int check_link;
|
|
|
7196 {
|
|
|
7197 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7198 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7199 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7200 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7201 #endif
|
|
|
7202 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7203 }
|
|
|
7204
|
|
|
7205 /*
|
|
|
7206 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7207 */
|
|
|
7208 static void
|
|
|
7209 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7210 int idx;
|
|
|
7211 {
|
|
|
7212 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7213 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7214 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7215 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7216 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7217 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7218 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7219 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7220 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7221 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7222 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7223 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7224 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7225 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7226 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7227 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7228 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7229 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7230 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7231 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7232 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7233 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7234 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7235 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7236 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7237 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7238 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7239 # endif
|
|
|
7240 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7241 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7242 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7243 #endif
|
|
448
|
7244 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7245 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
|
|
|
7246 * cleared. */
|
|
|
7247 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
|
|
|
7248 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
|
|
|
7249 #endif
|
|
7
|
7250 }
|
|
|
7251
|
|
|
7252 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7253 /*
|
|
|
7254 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7255 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7256 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7257 */
|
|
|
7258 void
|
|
|
7259 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7260 {
|
|
|
7261 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7262 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7263 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7264 {
|
|
|
7265 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7266 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7267 }
|
|
|
7268 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7269 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7270 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7271 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7272 {
|
|
|
7273 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7274 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7275 # endif
|
|
|
7276 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7277 }
|
|
|
7278 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7279 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7280 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7281 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7282 {
|
|
|
7283 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7284 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7285 # endif
|
|
|
7286 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7287 }
|
|
|
7288 #endif
|
|
|
7289 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7290 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7291 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7292 {
|
|
|
7293 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7294 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7295 }
|
|
|
7296 #endif
|
|
|
7297 }
|
|
|
7298
|
|
|
7299 /*
|
|
|
7300 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7301 */
|
|
|
7302 static int
|
|
|
7303 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7304 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7305 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7306 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7307 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7308 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7309 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7310 {
|
|
|
7311 int idx;
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7314 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7315 {
|
|
|
7316 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7317
|
|
|
7318 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7319 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7320 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7321 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7322 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7323 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7324 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7325 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7326 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7327 }
|
|
|
7328 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330
|
|
|
7331 /*
|
|
|
7332 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7333 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7334 */
|
|
|
7335 char_u *
|
|
|
7336 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7337 {
|
|
|
7338 int id;
|
|
|
7339 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7340
|
|
|
7341 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7342 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7343 {
|
|
|
7344 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7345 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7346 return s;
|
|
|
7347 }
|
|
|
7348 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7349 }
|
|
|
7350
|
|
|
7351 /*
|
|
|
7352 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7353 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7354 */
|
|
|
7355 void
|
|
|
7356 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7357 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7358 {
|
|
|
7359 int id;
|
|
|
7360
|
|
|
7361 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7362 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7363 {
|
|
|
7364 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7365 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7366 }
|
|
|
7367 }
|
|
|
7368
|
|
|
7369 /*
|
|
|
7370 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7371 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7372 */
|
|
|
7373 void
|
|
|
7374 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7375 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7376 {
|
|
|
7377 int id;
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7380 {
|
|
|
7381 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7382 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7383 {
|
|
|
7384 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7385 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7386 }
|
|
|
7387 }
|
|
|
7388 }
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 /*
|
|
|
7391 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7392 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7393 */
|
|
|
7394 void
|
|
|
7395 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7396 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7397 {
|
|
|
7398 int id;
|
|
|
7399
|
|
|
7400 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7401 {
|
|
|
7402 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7403 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7404 {
|
|
|
7405 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7406 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7407 }
|
|
|
7408 }
|
|
|
7409 }
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 /*
|
|
|
7412 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7413 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7414 */
|
|
|
7415 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7416 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7417 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7418 {
|
|
|
7419 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7420 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7421
|
|
|
7422 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7423 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7424 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7425 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7426
|
|
|
7427 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7428 }
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 /*
|
|
|
7431 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7432 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7433 */
|
|
|
7434 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7435 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7436 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7437 {
|
|
|
7438 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7439 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7445 /*
|
|
|
7446 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7447 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7448 */
|
|
|
7449 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7450 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7451 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7452 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7453 {
|
|
|
7454 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7455 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7458 }
|
|
|
7459 # endif
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 /*
|
|
|
7462 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7463 */
|
|
|
7464 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7465 static void
|
|
|
7466 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7467 int idx;
|
|
|
7468 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7469 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7470 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7471 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7472 {
|
|
|
7473 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7474 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7475 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7476 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7477 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7478 || do_menu
|
|
|
7479 # endif
|
|
|
7480 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7481 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7482 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7483 # endif
|
|
|
7484 )
|
|
|
7485 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7486 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7487 || do_menu
|
|
|
7488 # endif
|
|
|
7489 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7490 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7491 # endif
|
|
|
7492 );
|
|
|
7493 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7494 {
|
|
|
7495 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7496 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7497 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7498 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7499 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7500 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7501 {
|
|
|
7502 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7503 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7504 # else
|
|
|
7505 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7506 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7507 # endif
|
|
|
7508 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7509 }
|
|
|
7510 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7511 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7512 {
|
|
|
7513 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7514 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7515 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7516 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7517 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7518 */
|
|
|
7519 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7520 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7521 }
|
|
|
7522 # endif
|
|
|
7523 # endif
|
|
|
7524 }
|
|
|
7525 else
|
|
|
7526 # endif
|
|
|
7527 {
|
|
|
7528 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7529 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7530 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7531 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7532 {
|
|
|
7533 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7534 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7535 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7536 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7537 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7538 {
|
|
|
7539 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7540 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7541 }
|
|
|
7542 # endif
|
|
|
7543 #endif
|
|
|
7544 }
|
|
|
7545 }
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547
|
|
|
7548 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7549
|
|
|
7550 /*
|
|
|
7551 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7552 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7553 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7554 */
|
|
298
|
7555 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7558
|
|
298
|
7559 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7560
|
|
|
7561 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7564 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7565
|
|
|
7566 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7567 #endif
|
|
|
7568
|
|
|
7569 /*
|
|
|
7570 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7571 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7572 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7573 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7574 */
|
|
|
7575 static int
|
|
|
7576 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7577 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7578 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7579 {
|
|
|
7580 int i;
|
|
359
|
7581 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7582 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 /*
|
|
|
7585 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7586 */
|
|
|
7587 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7588 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 /*
|
|
|
7591 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7592 */
|
|
|
7593 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7594 {
|
|
359
|
7595 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7596 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7597 && (
|
|
|
7598 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7599 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7600 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7601 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7602 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7603 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7604 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7605 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7606 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7607 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7608 # endif
|
|
|
7609 ))
|
|
|
7610 ||
|
|
|
7611 #endif
|
|
|
7612 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7613 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7614 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7615 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7616 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7617 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7618 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7619 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7620 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7621 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7622 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7623 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7624 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7625 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7626 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7627 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7628 ))
|
|
|
7629
|
|
|
7630 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7631 }
|
|
|
7632
|
|
271
|
7633 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7634 {
|
|
|
7635 /*
|
|
|
7636 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7637 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7638 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7639 */
|
|
|
7640 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7641 {
|
|
|
7642 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7643 return 0;
|
|
|
7644 }
|
|
|
7645 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7646
|
|
359
|
7647 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7648
|
|
7
|
7649 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7650
|
|
|
7651 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7652 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7655 }
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 /*
|
|
|
7658 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7659 */
|
|
|
7660 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7661 return 0;
|
|
|
7662
|
|
359
|
7663 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7664 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7665 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7666 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7667 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7668 {
|
|
359
|
7669 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7670 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7671 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7672 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7673 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7674 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7675 # endif
|
|
|
7676 }
|
|
|
7677 #endif
|
|
|
7678 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7679 {
|
|
|
7680 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7681 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7682 else
|
|
359
|
7683 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7684 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7685 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7686 else
|
|
359
|
7687 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7688 }
|
|
|
7689 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7690 {
|
|
359
|
7691 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7692 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7693 }
|
|
|
7694 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7695 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7696 }
|
|
|
7697
|
|
359
|
7698 /*
|
|
|
7699 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7700 */
|
|
|
7701 void
|
|
|
7702 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7703 {
|
|
|
7704 int i;
|
|
|
7705 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7706
|
|
|
7707 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7708 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7709 #endif
|
|
|
7710 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7711 {
|
|
|
7712 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7713 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7714 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7715 }
|
|
|
7716 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7717 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7718 }
|
|
|
7719
|
|
221
|
7720 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7721 /*
|
|
348
|
7722 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7723 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7724 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7725 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7726 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7727 * result.
|
|
|
7728 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7729 */
|
|
|
7730 int
|
|
348
|
7731 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7732 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7733 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7734 {
|
|
|
7735 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7736 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7737 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7740 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7741 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7742 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7743 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7744 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7745 {
|
|
|
7746 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7747 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7748 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7749 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7750 else
|
|
|
7751 {
|
|
|
7752 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
548
|
7753 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7754 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7755 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
221
|
7756 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7757 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7758 }
|
|
|
7759
|
|
348
|
7760 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7761 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7762 else
|
|
|
7763 {
|
|
348
|
7764 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7765 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7766 {
|
|
|
7767 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7768 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7769 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7770 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7771 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7772 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7773 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7774 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7775 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7776 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7777 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7778 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7779 # endif
|
|
|
7780 }
|
|
|
7781 }
|
|
|
7782 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7783 }
|
|
|
7784 #endif
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7787 {
|
|
|
7788 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7789 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7790 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7791 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7792 else
|
|
|
7793 {
|
|
|
7794 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7795 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7796 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7797 }
|
|
|
7798
|
|
348
|
7799 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7800 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7801 else
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
348
|
7803 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7804 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7805 {
|
|
|
7806 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7807 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7808 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7809 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7810 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7811 }
|
|
|
7812 }
|
|
|
7813 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7814 }
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7817 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7818 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7819 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7820 else
|
|
|
7821 {
|
|
|
7822 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7823 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7824 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7825 }
|
|
|
7826
|
|
348
|
7827 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7828 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7829 else
|
|
|
7830 {
|
|
607
|
7831 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7832 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7833 {
|
|
|
7834 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7835 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
7836 {
|
|
|
7837 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
7838 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
7839 }
|
|
|
7840 }
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7843 }
|
|
|
7844 #endif
|
|
|
7845
|
|
7
|
7846 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7847
|
|
|
7848 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7849 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7850 int attr;
|
|
|
7851 {
|
|
|
7852 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7853 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7854 return NULL;
|
|
|
7855 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7856 }
|
|
|
7857
|
|
|
7858 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7861 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7862 int attr;
|
|
|
7863 {
|
|
|
7864 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7865 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7866 return NULL;
|
|
|
7867 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7868 }
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7871 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7872 int attr;
|
|
|
7873 {
|
|
|
7874 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7875 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7876 return NULL;
|
|
|
7877 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7878 }
|
|
|
7879
|
|
|
7880 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7881 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7882 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7883
|
|
|
7884 static void
|
|
|
7885 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7886 int id;
|
|
|
7887 {
|
|
|
7888 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7889 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7890
|
|
|
7891 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7894 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7895 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7896 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7897 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7898 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7899
|
|
|
7900 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7901 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7902 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7903 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7904 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7905 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7908 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7909 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7910 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7911 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7912 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7913 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7914 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
7915 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
7916 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
7917 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7918 #endif
|
|
|
7919
|
|
448
|
7920 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
7921 {
|
|
|
7922 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
448
|
7923 didh = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7924 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7925 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7926 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7927 }
|
|
448
|
7928
|
|
694
|
7929 if (!didh)
|
|
|
7930 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
|
|
448
|
7931 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
694
|
7932 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
448
|
7933 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
|
|
|
7934 #endif
|
|
7
|
7935 }
|
|
|
7936
|
|
|
7937 static int
|
|
|
7938 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7939 int id;
|
|
|
7940 int didh;
|
|
|
7941 int type;
|
|
|
7942 int iarg;
|
|
|
7943 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7944 char *name;
|
|
|
7945 {
|
|
|
7946 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7947 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7948 int i;
|
|
|
7949
|
|
448
|
7950 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7951 return FALSE;
|
|
7
|
7952 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7953 {
|
|
|
7954 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7955 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7956 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7957 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7958 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7959 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7960 {
|
|
|
7961 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7962 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7963 {
|
|
|
7964 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7965 {
|
|
|
7966 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7967 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7968 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7969 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7970 }
|
|
|
7971 }
|
|
|
7972 }
|
|
|
7973
|
|
|
7974 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7975 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7976 didh = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
7977 if (!got_int)
|
|
|
7978 {
|
|
694
|
7979 if (*name != NUL)
|
|
|
7980 {
|
|
|
7981 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7982 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7983 }
|
|
448
|
7984 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7985 }
|
|
7
|
7986 }
|
|
|
7987 return didh;
|
|
|
7988 }
|
|
|
7989
|
|
|
7990 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7991 /*
|
|
|
7992 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7993 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7994 */
|
|
|
7995 char_u *
|
|
|
7996 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7997 int id;
|
|
|
7998 int flag;
|
|
|
7999 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8000 {
|
|
|
8001 int attr;
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8004 return NULL;
|
|
|
8005
|
|
|
8006 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8007 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8008 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8009 else
|
|
|
8010 #endif
|
|
|
8011 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8012 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8013 else
|
|
|
8014 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
8017 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
8018 return NULL;
|
|
|
8019 }
|
|
|
8020 #endif
|
|
|
8021
|
|
|
8022 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8023 /*
|
|
|
8024 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8025 */
|
|
|
8026 char_u *
|
|
|
8027 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
8028 int id;
|
|
205
|
8029 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
8030 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
8033 int n;
|
|
205
|
8034 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
8035 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8036 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8037 # endif
|
|
7
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8040 return NULL;
|
|
|
8041
|
|
|
8042 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
8043 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
8044 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8045 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
8046 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8047 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8048 {
|
|
|
8049 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
8050 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
8051 {
|
|
|
8052 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8053 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
8054 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 if (fg)
|
|
|
8057 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
8058 else if (sp)
|
|
|
8059 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8060 else
|
|
|
8061 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8062 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8063 return NULL;
|
|
|
8064 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8065 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
8066 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
8067 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
8068 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
8069 return buf;
|
|
|
8070 }
|
|
|
8071 if (fg)
|
|
|
8072 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
8073 if (sp)
|
|
|
8074 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
8075 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8076 }
|
|
205
|
8077 # endif
|
|
7
|
8078 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8079 {
|
|
|
8080 if (fg)
|
|
|
8081 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
8082 else
|
|
|
8083 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
8084 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
8085 return name;
|
|
|
8086 }
|
|
|
8087 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
8088 return NULL;
|
|
|
8089 }
|
|
|
8090 #endif
|
|
|
8091
|
|
|
8092 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
8093 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8094 /*
|
|
|
8095 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
8096 */
|
|
|
8097 long_u
|
|
|
8098 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
8099 int id;
|
|
|
8100 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
8101 {
|
|
|
8102 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8103
|
|
|
8104 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8105 return 0L;
|
|
|
8106
|
|
|
8107 if (fg)
|
|
|
8108 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8109 else
|
|
|
8110 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8111
|
|
|
8112 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8113 return 0L;
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8116 }
|
|
|
8117 #endif
|
|
|
8118
|
|
|
8119 /*
|
|
|
8120 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8121 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8122 */
|
|
|
8123 static int
|
|
|
8124 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8125 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8126 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8127 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8128 {
|
|
|
8129 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8130 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8133 {
|
|
|
8134 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8135 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8136 return TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8137 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8138 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8139 }
|
|
|
8140 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
448
|
8141 {
|
|
7
|
8142 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8143 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8144 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8145 }
|
|
7
|
8146 else
|
|
|
8147 {
|
|
|
8148 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8149 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8150 }
|
|
|
8151
|
|
|
8152 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8153 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8154 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8155 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8160 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8161 {
|
|
|
8162 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8163 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8164 }
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 return newline;
|
|
|
8167 }
|
|
|
8168
|
|
|
8169 /*
|
|
|
8170 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8171 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8172 */
|
|
|
8173 static void
|
|
|
8174 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8175 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8176 {
|
|
|
8177 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8178 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8179
|
|
|
8180 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8181 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8182 return;
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8185 /*
|
|
|
8186 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8187 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8188 */
|
|
|
8189 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8190 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8191 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8192 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8193 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8194 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8195 # endif
|
|
|
8196 )
|
|
|
8197 {
|
|
|
8198 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8199 }
|
|
|
8200 else
|
|
|
8201 {
|
|
|
8202 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8203 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8204 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8205 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8206 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8207 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8208 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8209 # endif
|
|
|
8210 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8211 }
|
|
|
8212 #endif
|
|
|
8213 /*
|
|
|
8214 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8215 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8216 */
|
|
|
8217 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8218 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8219 else
|
|
|
8220 {
|
|
|
8221 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8222 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8223 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8224 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8225 }
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 /*
|
|
|
8228 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8229 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8230 */
|
|
|
8231 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8232 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8233 else
|
|
|
8234 {
|
|
|
8235 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8236 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8237 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8238 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8239 }
|
|
|
8240 }
|
|
|
8241
|
|
|
8242 /*
|
|
|
8243 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8244 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8245 */
|
|
|
8246 int
|
|
|
8247 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8248 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8249 {
|
|
|
8250 int i;
|
|
|
8251 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8254 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8255 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
419
|
8256 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
7
|
8257 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8258 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8259 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8260 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8261 break;
|
|
|
8262 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8263 }
|
|
|
8264
|
|
|
8265 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8266 /*
|
|
|
8267 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8268 */
|
|
|
8269 int
|
|
|
8270 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8271 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8272 {
|
|
|
8273 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8274 }
|
|
|
8275 #endif
|
|
|
8276
|
|
|
8277 /*
|
|
|
8278 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8279 */
|
|
|
8280 int
|
|
|
8281 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8282 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8283 int len;
|
|
|
8284 {
|
|
|
8285 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8286 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8287
|
|
|
8288 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8289 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8290 {
|
|
|
8291 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8292 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8293 }
|
|
|
8294 return id;
|
|
|
8295 }
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 /*
|
|
|
8298 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8299 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8300 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8301 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8302 */
|
|
|
8303 int
|
|
|
8304 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8305 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8306 int len;
|
|
|
8307 {
|
|
|
8308 int id;
|
|
|
8309 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8310
|
|
|
8311 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8312 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8313 return 0;
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8316 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8317 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8318 else
|
|
|
8319 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8320 return id;
|
|
|
8321 }
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 /*
|
|
|
8324 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8325 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8326 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8327 */
|
|
|
8328 static int
|
|
|
8329 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8330 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8331 {
|
|
|
8332 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8335 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8336 {
|
|
|
8337 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8338 {
|
|
|
8339 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8340 return 0;
|
|
|
8341 }
|
|
|
8342 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8343 {
|
|
|
8344 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8345 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8346 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8347 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8348 break;
|
|
|
8349 }
|
|
|
8350 }
|
|
|
8351
|
|
|
8352 /*
|
|
|
8353 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8354 */
|
|
|
8355 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8356 {
|
|
|
8357 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8358 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8359 }
|
|
|
8360
|
|
|
8361 /*
|
|
|
8362 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8363 */
|
|
|
8364 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8365 {
|
|
|
8366 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8367 return 0;
|
|
|
8368 }
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8371 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8372 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8374 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8375 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8376 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8377 #endif
|
|
|
8378 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8379
|
|
|
8380 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8381 }
|
|
|
8382
|
|
|
8383 /*
|
|
|
8384 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8385 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8386 */
|
|
|
8387 static void
|
|
|
8388 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8389 {
|
|
|
8390 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8391 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8392 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8393 }
|
|
|
8394
|
|
|
8395 /*
|
|
|
8396 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8397 */
|
|
|
8398 int
|
|
|
8399 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8400 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8401 {
|
|
|
8402 int attr;
|
|
|
8403 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8404
|
|
|
8405 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8406 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8407
|
|
|
8408 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8409 /*
|
|
|
8410 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8411 */
|
|
|
8412 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8413 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8414 else
|
|
|
8415 #endif
|
|
|
8416 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8417 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8418 else
|
|
|
8419 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8420
|
|
|
8421 return attr;
|
|
|
8422 }
|
|
|
8423
|
|
|
8424 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8425 /*
|
|
|
8426 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8427 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8428 */
|
|
|
8429 int
|
|
|
8430 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8431 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8432 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8433 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8434 {
|
|
|
8435 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8436
|
|
|
8437 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8438 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8439
|
|
|
8440 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8441 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8442 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8443 }
|
|
|
8444 #endif
|
|
|
8445
|
|
|
8446 /*
|
|
|
8447 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8448 */
|
|
|
8449 int
|
|
|
8450 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8451 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8452 {
|
|
|
8453 int count;
|
|
|
8454 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8455
|
|
|
8456 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8457 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8458
|
|
|
8459 /*
|
|
|
8460 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8461 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8462 */
|
|
|
8463 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8464 {
|
|
|
8465 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8466 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8467 break;
|
|
|
8468 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8469 }
|
|
|
8470
|
|
|
8471 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8472 }
|
|
|
8473
|
|
|
8474 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8475 /*
|
|
|
8476 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8477 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8478 */
|
|
|
8479 void
|
|
|
8480 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8481 {
|
|
|
8482 int idx;
|
|
|
8483
|
|
|
8484 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8485 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8486
|
|
|
8487 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8488 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8489
|
|
|
8490 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8491 }
|
|
|
8492
|
|
|
8493 static void
|
|
|
8494 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8495 int idx;
|
|
|
8496 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8497 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8498 {
|
|
|
8499 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8500
|
|
|
8501 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8502 {
|
|
|
8503 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8504 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8505 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8506 }
|
|
|
8507 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8508 {
|
|
|
8509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8510 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8511 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8512 }
|
|
|
8513 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8514 {
|
|
|
8515 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8516 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8517 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8518 }
|
|
205
|
8519 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8520 {
|
|
|
8521 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8522 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8523 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8524 }
|
|
7
|
8525 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8526 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8527 }
|
|
|
8528
|
|
|
8529 #endif
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 /*
|
|
|
8532 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8533 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8534 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8535 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8536 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8537 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8538 */
|
|
|
8539 int
|
|
|
8540 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8541 {
|
|
|
8542 int hlf;
|
|
|
8543 int i;
|
|
|
8544 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8545 int attr;
|
|
|
8546 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8547 int id;
|
|
|
8548 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8549 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8550 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8551 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8552 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8553 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8554 # endif
|
|
|
8555 #endif
|
|
|
8556 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8557
|
|
|
8558 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8559
|
|
|
8560 /*
|
|
|
8561 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8562 */
|
|
|
8563 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8564 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8565
|
|
|
8566 /*
|
|
|
8567 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8568 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8569 */
|
|
|
8570 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8571 {
|
|
|
8572 if (i)
|
|
|
8573 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8574 else
|
|
|
8575 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8576 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8577 continue;
|
|
|
8578
|
|
|
8579 while (*p)
|
|
|
8580 {
|
|
|
8581 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8582 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8583 break;
|
|
|
8584 ++p;
|
|
|
8585 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8586 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8587
|
|
|
8588 /*
|
|
|
8589 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8590 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8591 */
|
|
|
8592 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8593 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8594 {
|
|
|
8595 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8596 continue;
|
|
|
8597
|
|
|
8598 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8599 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8600
|
|
|
8601 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8602 {
|
|
|
8603 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8604 break;
|
|
|
8605 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8606 break;
|
|
|
8607 case '-':
|
|
|
8608 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8609 break;
|
|
|
8610 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8611 break;
|
|
|
8612 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8613 break;
|
|
|
8614 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8615 break;
|
|
205
|
8616 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8617 break;
|
|
7
|
8618 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8619 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8620 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8621 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8622 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8623 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8624 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8625 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8626 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8627 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8628 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8629 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8630 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8631 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8632 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8633 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8634 #endif
|
|
|
8635 break;
|
|
|
8636 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8637 }
|
|
|
8638 }
|
|
|
8639 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8640
|
|
|
8641 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8642 }
|
|
|
8643 }
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8646 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8647 *
|
|
|
8648 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8649 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8650 */
|
|
|
8651 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8652 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8653 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8654 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8655 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8656 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8657 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8658 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8659 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8660 }
|
|
|
8661 # endif
|
|
|
8662 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8663 {
|
|
|
8664 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8665 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8666 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8667 {
|
|
|
8668 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8669 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8670 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8671 # endif
|
|
|
8672 }
|
|
|
8673 else
|
|
|
8674 {
|
|
|
8675 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8676 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8677 # endif
|
|
|
8678
|
|
|
8679 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8680 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8681 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8682 {
|
|
|
8683 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8684 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8685 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8686 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8687 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8688 # endif
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690 else
|
|
|
8691 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8692 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8693 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8694 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8695
|
|
|
8696 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8697 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8698 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8699 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8700 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8701 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8702 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8703 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8704 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8705 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8706 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8707 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8708 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8709 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8710 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8711 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8712 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8713 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8714 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8715 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8716 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
8717 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8718 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8719 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8720 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8721 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8722 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8723 # endif
|
|
|
8724 # endif
|
|
|
8725 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8726 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8727 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8728 # endif
|
|
|
8729 }
|
|
|
8730 }
|
|
|
8731 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8732 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8733 # endif
|
|
|
8734
|
|
|
8735 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8736
|
|
|
8737 return OK;
|
|
|
8738 }
|
|
|
8739
|
|
|
8740 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8741
|
|
|
8742 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8743 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8744
|
|
|
8745 /*
|
|
|
8746 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8747 */
|
|
|
8748 void
|
|
|
8749 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8750 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8751 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8752 {
|
|
|
8753 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8754
|
|
|
8755 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8756 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8757 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8758 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8759 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8760
|
|
|
8761 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8762 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8763 {
|
|
|
8764 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8765 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8766 {
|
|
|
8767 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8768 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8769 {
|
|
|
8770 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8771 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8772 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8773 }
|
|
|
8774 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8775 {
|
|
|
8776 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8777 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8778 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8779 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8780 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8781 {
|
|
|
8782 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8783 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8784 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8785 {
|
|
|
8786 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8787 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8788 }
|
|
|
8789 }
|
|
|
8790 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8791 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8792 }
|
|
|
8793 }
|
|
|
8794 }
|
|
|
8795 }
|
|
|
8796
|
|
|
8797 /*
|
|
|
8798 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8799 */
|
|
|
8800 static void
|
|
|
8801 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8802 {
|
|
|
8803 int i;
|
|
|
8804
|
|
|
8805 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8806 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8807 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8808 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8809 }
|
|
|
8810
|
|
|
8811 static void
|
|
|
8812 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8813 int cnt;
|
|
|
8814 int attr;
|
|
|
8815 {
|
|
|
8816 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8817 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8818 out_flush();
|
|
|
8819 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8820 }
|
|
|
8821
|
|
|
8822 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8823
|
|
|
8824 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8825 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8826 /*
|
|
|
8827 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8828 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8829 */
|
|
|
8830 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8831 char_u *
|
|
|
8832 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8833 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8834 int idx;
|
|
|
8835 {
|
|
|
8836 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8837 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8838 && include_link
|
|
|
8839 #endif
|
|
|
8840 )
|
|
|
8841 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8842 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8843 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8844 && include_link
|
|
|
8845 #endif
|
|
|
8846 )
|
|
|
8847 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8848 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8849 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8850 && include_default
|
|
|
8851 #endif
|
|
|
8852 )
|
|
|
8853 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8854 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8855 return NULL;
|
|
|
8856 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8857 }
|
|
|
8858 #endif
|
|
|
8859
|
|
|
8860 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8861 /*
|
|
|
8862 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8863 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8864 */
|
|
|
8865 void
|
|
|
8866 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8867 {
|
|
|
8868 int idx;
|
|
|
8869
|
|
|
8870 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8871 {
|
|
|
8872 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8873 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8874 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8875 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8876 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8877 # endif
|
|
|
8878 }
|
|
|
8879
|
|
|
8880 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8881 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8882 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8883 # endif
|
|
|
8884 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8885 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8886 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8887 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8888 # endif
|
|
|
8889 }
|
|
|
8890 #endif
|
|
|
8891
|
|
|
8892 /**************************************
|
|
|
8893 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8894 **************************************/
|
